1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GCC.
10 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
11 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
12 Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
15 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
16 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
17 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
22 Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
39 #include "coretypes.h"
46 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
48 #include "insn-config.h"
56 #include "dwarf2out.h"
57 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
63 #include "diagnostic.h"
66 #include "langhooks.h"
71 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
72 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *);
75 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
76 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
77 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
78 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
79 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
80 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
81 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
82 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
83 CIE = Common Information Entry
84 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
85 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
86 FDE = Frame Description Entry
87 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
88 how to restore registers
90 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
91 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
93 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
97 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
99 return (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
100 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
101 #ifdef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
104 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
105 || flag_unwind_tables
106 || (flag_exceptions && ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
111 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
113 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
116 /* Various versions of targetm.eh_frame_section. Note these must appear
117 outside the DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO || DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO macro guards. */
119 /* Version of targetm.eh_frame_section for systems with named sections. */
121 named_section_eh_frame_section (void)
123 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
126 if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY)
132 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
133 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
134 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
136 || ((fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
137 && (fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
138 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
139 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
140 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
141 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned))
145 flags = SECTION_WRITE;
146 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, flags);
150 /* Version of targetm.eh_frame_section for systems using collect2. */
152 collect2_eh_frame_section (void)
154 tree label = get_file_function_name ('F');
157 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
158 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
159 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
162 /* Default version of targetm.eh_frame_section. */
164 default_eh_frame_section (void)
166 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
167 named_section_eh_frame_section ();
169 collect2_eh_frame_section ();
174 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P(rtx,gc);
176 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
177 must be kept around forever. */
178 static GTY(()) VEC(rtx,gc) *used_rtx_array;
180 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
181 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a
182 VEC(tree,gc) because we want to tell the garbage collector about
184 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *incomplete_types;
186 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
187 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
188 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
189 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
190 define type declaration DIE's. */
191 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *decl_scope_table;
193 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
194 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
195 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
198 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct *dw_cfi_ref;
199 typedef struct dw_fde_struct *dw_fde_ref;
200 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct *dw_cfi_oprnd_ref;
202 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
203 Information instructions. The register number, offset
204 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
205 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
207 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type {
209 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num,
215 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct GTY(())
217 unsigned long GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num;
218 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset;
219 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr;
220 struct dw_loc_descr_struct * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc;
224 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct GTY(())
226 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next;
227 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc;
228 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
230 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
235 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
236 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
237 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
238 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
239 of this structure. */
240 typedef struct cfa_loc GTY(())
242 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
243 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset;
245 int indirect; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
248 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
249 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
250 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
251 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
252 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
254 typedef struct dw_fde_struct GTY(())
257 const char *dw_fde_begin;
258 const char *dw_fde_current_label;
259 const char *dw_fde_end;
260 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_label;
261 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_end_label;
262 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_label;
263 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label;
264 bool dw_fde_switched_sections;
265 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi;
266 unsigned funcdef_number;
267 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls : 1;
268 unsigned nothrow : 1;
269 unsigned uses_eh_lsda : 1;
273 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
274 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
276 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
277 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
278 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
279 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
281 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
282 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
285 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
286 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
287 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
290 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
291 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
294 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
295 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
296 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
299 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
300 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
302 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
303 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
306 #define DWARF_VERSION 2
308 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
309 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
310 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
312 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
313 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
314 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
315 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
317 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
321 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
322 information for each routine. */
323 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table;
325 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
326 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated;
328 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
329 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use;
331 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
333 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
335 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
336 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head;
338 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
339 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
340 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
341 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
342 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
343 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde;
346 struct indirect_string_node GTY(())
349 unsigned int refcount;
354 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node))) htab_t debug_str_hash;
356 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter;
357 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num;
359 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
361 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
363 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
364 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
365 static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi (void);
366 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *, dw_cfi_ref);
367 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref);
368 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref, dw_cfa_location *);
369 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *);
370 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT);
371 static void initial_return_save (rtx);
372 static HOST_WIDE_INT stack_adjust_offset (rtx);
373 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref, dw_fde_ref, int);
374 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
375 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx, bool);
376 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
377 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx);
378 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx, const char *);
380 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
381 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref);
382 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *,
383 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *);
384 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_loc
386 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location *);
388 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
389 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
390 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
393 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
394 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
395 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
397 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
398 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
401 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
402 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
405 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
406 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
409 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
410 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
412 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
413 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
414 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
415 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
416 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
417 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
418 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
419 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
420 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
421 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
423 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
424 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
426 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
428 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
430 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
434 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
435 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
436 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
437 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
440 /* Hook used by __throw. */
443 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
445 return GEN_INT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM));
448 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
449 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
452 stripattributes (const char *s)
454 char *stripped = xmalloc (strlen (s) + 2);
459 while (*s && *s != ',')
466 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
469 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address)
472 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (char_type_node);
473 rtx addr = expand_expr (address, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
474 rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, addr);
475 bool wrote_return_column = false;
477 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
478 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS)
480 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
481 enum machine_mode save_mode = reg_raw_mode[i];
484 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i, save_mode))
485 save_mode = choose_hard_reg_mode (i, 1, true);
486 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
488 if (save_mode == VOIDmode)
490 wrote_return_column = true;
492 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode);
496 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset),
497 gen_int_mode (size, mode));
500 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
501 gcc_assert (wrote_return_column);
502 i = DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN;
503 wrote_return_column = false;
505 i = DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN;
508 if (! wrote_return_column)
510 enum machine_mode save_mode = Pmode;
511 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = i * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
512 HOST_WIDE_INT size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode);
513 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), GEN_INT (size));
517 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
520 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc)
524 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
525 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
527 return "DW_CFA_offset";
529 return "DW_CFA_restore";
533 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
534 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
535 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
536 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
537 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
538 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
539 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
540 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
541 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
542 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
543 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
544 case DW_CFA_undefined:
545 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
546 case DW_CFA_same_value:
547 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
548 case DW_CFA_register:
549 return "DW_CFA_register";
550 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
551 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
552 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
553 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
555 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
556 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
557 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
558 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
559 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
562 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
563 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
564 case DW_CFA_expression:
565 return "DW_CFA_expression";
566 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
567 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
568 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
569 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
570 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
571 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
573 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
574 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
575 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
578 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
579 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
580 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
581 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
582 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
583 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
586 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
590 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
592 static inline dw_cfi_ref
595 dw_cfi_ref cfi = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_cfi_node));
597 cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
598 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
599 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
604 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
607 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *list_head, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
611 /* Find the end of the chain. */
612 for (p = list_head; (*p) != NULL; p = &(*p)->dw_cfi_next)
618 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
621 dwarf2out_cfi_label (void)
623 static char label[20];
625 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num++);
626 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
630 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
631 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
634 add_fde_cfi (const char *label, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
638 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
641 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
643 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
644 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
648 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label = xstrdup (label);
650 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
652 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_advance_loc4;
653 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
654 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
657 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, cfi);
661 add_cfi (&cie_cfi_head, cfi);
664 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
667 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_cfa_location *loc)
669 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
671 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
672 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset;
674 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
675 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
678 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
679 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset;
681 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
682 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc);
689 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
692 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *loc)
696 loc->reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
699 loc->base_offset = 0;
701 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
702 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
704 if (fde_table_in_use)
706 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
707 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
708 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
712 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
713 static dw_cfa_location cfa;
715 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
717 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store;
719 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
720 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size;
722 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
723 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size;
725 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
726 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
727 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
730 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
737 def_cfa_1 (label, &loc);
740 /* Determine if two dw_cfa_location structures define the same data. */
743 cfa_equal_p (const dw_cfa_location *loc1, const dw_cfa_location *loc2)
745 return (loc1->reg == loc2->reg
746 && loc1->offset == loc2->offset
747 && loc1->indirect == loc2->indirect
748 && (loc1->indirect == 0
749 || loc1->base_offset == loc2->base_offset));
752 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
753 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
756 def_cfa_1 (const char *label, dw_cfa_location *loc_p)
759 dw_cfa_location old_cfa, loc;
764 if (cfa_store.reg == loc.reg && loc.indirect == 0)
765 cfa_store.offset = loc.offset;
767 loc.reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc.reg);
768 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa);
770 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
771 if (cfa_equal_p (&loc, &old_cfa))
776 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && !loc.indirect)
778 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction,
779 indicating the CFA register did not change but the offset
781 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset;
782 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
785 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
786 else if (loc.offset == old_cfa.offset
787 && old_cfa.reg != INVALID_REGNUM
790 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
791 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
792 offset has not changed. */
793 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_register;
794 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
798 else if (loc.indirect == 0)
800 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
801 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
802 the specified offset. */
803 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
804 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
805 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
809 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
810 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
811 register-offset pair is available. */
812 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc_list;
814 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression;
815 loc_list = build_cfa_loc (&loc);
816 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc = loc_list;
819 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
822 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
823 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
824 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
825 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
828 reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, unsigned int sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
830 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
832 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
834 if (sreg == INVALID_REGNUM)
837 /* The register number won't fit in 6 bits, so we have to use
839 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended;
841 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset;
843 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
845 /* If we get an offset that is not a multiple of
846 DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, there is either a bug in the
847 definition of DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, or a bug in the machine
849 HOST_WIDE_INT check_offset = offset / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
851 gcc_assert (check_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT == offset);
854 offset /= DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
856 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf;
858 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = offset;
860 else if (sreg == reg)
861 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_same_value;
864 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_register;
865 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = sreg;
868 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
871 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
872 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
873 from the previous frame's window save area.
875 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
876 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
879 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label)
881 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
883 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_window_save;
884 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
887 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
888 pushed onto the stack. */
891 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT size)
895 if (size == old_args_size)
898 old_args_size = size;
901 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_args_size;
902 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = size;
903 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
906 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
907 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
910 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
912 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg), INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
915 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
916 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
919 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
921 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
924 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
925 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
928 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label, unsigned int sreg)
930 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (sreg), 0);
933 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
934 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
937 initial_return_save (rtx rtl)
939 unsigned int reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
940 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
942 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
945 /* RA is in a register. */
946 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl));
950 /* RA is on the stack. */
952 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
955 gcc_assert (REGNO (rtl) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
960 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
961 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
965 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
966 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
976 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
977 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
978 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
979 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT);
980 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl, 0));
987 if (reg != DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
988 reg_save (NULL, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, reg, offset - cfa.offset);
991 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
995 stack_adjust_offset (rtx pattern)
997 rtx src = SET_SRC (pattern);
998 rtx dest = SET_DEST (pattern);
999 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1002 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1004 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
1005 code = GET_CODE (src);
1006 if (! (code == PLUS || code == MINUS)
1007 || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
1008 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != CONST_INT)
1011 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1015 else if (MEM_P (dest))
1017 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1018 src = XEXP (dest, 0);
1019 code = GET_CODE (src);
1025 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1027 rtx val = XEXP (XEXP (src, 1), 1);
1028 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1029 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == PLUS
1030 && GET_CODE (val) == CONST_INT);
1031 offset = -INTVAL (val);
1038 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1040 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1047 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1049 offset = -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1064 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1065 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
1066 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1069 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx insn, bool after_p)
1071 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1075 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1076 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1077 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1078 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1079 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn) || sibcall_epilogue_contains (insn))
1082 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1083 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1084 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1086 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1088 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1089 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1090 if (GET_CODE (insn) == PARALLEL)
1091 insn = XVECEXP (insn, 0, 0);
1092 if (GET_CODE (insn) == SET)
1093 insn = SET_SRC (insn);
1094 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL);
1095 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn, 1)));
1100 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1102 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1103 dwarf2out_args_size ("", args_size);
1106 else if (BARRIER_P (insn))
1108 /* When we see a BARRIER, we know to reset args_size to 0. Usually
1109 the compiler will have already emitted a stack adjustment, but
1110 doesn't bother for calls to noreturn functions. */
1111 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1112 offset = -args_size;
1117 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1118 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn));
1119 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1120 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1122 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1124 for (offset = 0, i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1125 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1126 offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i));
1134 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1135 cfa.offset += offset;
1137 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1141 args_size += offset;
1145 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1146 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1147 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1148 dwarf2out_args_size (label, args_size);
1153 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1154 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1155 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1157 struct queued_reg_save GTY(())
1159 struct queued_reg_save *next;
1161 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset;
1165 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save *queued_reg_saves;
1167 /* The caller's ORIG_REG is saved in SAVED_IN_REG. */
1168 struct reg_saved_in_data GTY(()) {
1173 /* A list of registers saved in other registers.
1174 The list intentionally has a small maximum capacity of 4; if your
1175 port needs more than that, you might consider implementing a
1176 more efficient data structure. */
1177 static GTY(()) struct reg_saved_in_data regs_saved_in_regs[4];
1178 static GTY(()) size_t num_regs_saved_in_regs;
1180 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1181 static const char *last_reg_save_label;
1183 /* Add an entry to QUEUED_REG_SAVES saying that REG is now saved at
1184 SREG, or if SREG is NULL then it is saved at OFFSET to the CFA. */
1187 queue_reg_save (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1189 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1191 /* Duplicates waste space, but it's also necessary to remove them
1192 for correctness, since the queue gets output in reverse
1194 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q != NULL; q = q->next)
1195 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (reg))
1200 q = ggc_alloc (sizeof (*q));
1201 q->next = queued_reg_saves;
1202 queued_reg_saves = q;
1206 q->cfa_offset = offset;
1207 q->saved_reg = sreg;
1209 last_reg_save_label = label;
1212 /* Output all the entries in QUEUED_REG_SAVES. */
1215 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1217 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1219 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1222 unsigned int reg, sreg;
1224 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1225 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (q->reg))
1227 if (q->saved_reg && i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1229 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1230 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1232 if (i != num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1234 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = q->reg;
1235 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = q->saved_reg;
1238 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->reg));
1240 sreg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->saved_reg));
1242 sreg = INVALID_REGNUM;
1243 reg_save (last_reg_save_label, reg, sreg, q->cfa_offset);
1246 queued_reg_saves = NULL;
1247 last_reg_save_label = NULL;
1250 /* Does INSN clobber any register which QUEUED_REG_SAVES lists a saved
1251 location for? Or, does it clobber a register which we've previously
1252 said that some other register is saved in, and for which we now
1253 have a new location for? */
1256 clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx insn)
1258 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1260 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1263 if (modified_in_p (q->reg, insn))
1265 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1266 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg)
1267 && modified_in_p (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg, insn))
1274 /* What register, if any, is currently saved in REG? */
1277 reg_saved_in (rtx reg)
1279 unsigned int regn = REGNO (reg);
1281 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1283 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1284 if (q->saved_reg && regn == REGNO (q->saved_reg))
1287 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1288 if (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg
1289 && regn == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg))
1290 return regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg;
1296 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1297 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1298 value, not an offset. */
1299 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp;
1301 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1302 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1303 address) or saves a register to the stack or another register.
1304 LABEL indicates the address of EXPR.
1306 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1307 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1308 users need not read the source code.
1310 The High-Level Picture
1312 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1313 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1314 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1315 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1316 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1318 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1319 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1320 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1321 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1322 saves. This also seems to work.
1324 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1325 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1326 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1327 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1328 It's also assumed that a copy from a call-saved register to another
1329 register is saving that register if RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on
1330 that instruction. If the copy is from a call-saved register to
1331 the *same* register, that means that the register is now the same
1332 value as in the caller.
1334 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
1335 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
1336 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
1337 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
1339 In addition, if a register has previously been saved to a different
1342 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
1344 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
1345 consists of a register and an offset.
1346 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
1347 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
1348 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
1349 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
1350 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
1351 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
1352 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
1354 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
1355 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
1356 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
1359 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
1360 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
1361 and cfa_temp.offset.
1363 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
1366 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
1367 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
1368 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
1372 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
1373 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
1376 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
1377 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1378 cfa.offset unchanged
1379 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1380 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1383 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
1384 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
1385 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
1386 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
1387 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
1388 if cfa_store.reg==sp
1391 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1392 effects: cfa.reg = fp
1393 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
1396 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1397 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1399 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1400 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1401 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1404 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
1405 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1407 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
1408 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
1411 (set <reg> <const_int>)
1412 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1413 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1416 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
1417 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1418 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
1421 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
1425 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
1426 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1427 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1430 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
1431 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
1432 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1434 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1437 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
1438 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
1439 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1441 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1444 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
1447 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1448 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1451 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
1452 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1453 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1456 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1457 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1458 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
1459 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem)
1462 Â (set <reg> {unspec, unspec_volatile})
1463 Â effects: target-dependent */
1466 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr, const char *label)
1469 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1471 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
1472 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
1473 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
1474 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
1475 flag is set in them. */
1476 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
1479 int limit = XVECLEN (expr, 0);
1481 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
1482 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index)) == SET
1483 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index))
1485 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index), label);
1490 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (expr) == SET);
1492 src = SET_SRC (expr);
1493 dest = SET_DEST (expr);
1497 rtx rsi = reg_saved_in (src);
1502 switch (GET_CODE (dest))
1505 switch (GET_CODE (src))
1507 /* Setting FP from SP. */
1509 if (cfa.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (src))
1512 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
1513 relative to the current CFA register.
1515 We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
1516 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
1517 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
1518 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
1519 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1520 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
1521 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
1525 /* Saving a register in a register. */
1526 gcc_assert (call_used_regs [REGNO (dest)]
1527 && (!fixed_regs [REGNO (dest)]
1528 /* For the SPARC and its register window. */
1529 || DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src))
1530 == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN));
1531 queue_reg_save (label, src, dest, 0);
1538 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1542 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)))
1545 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1548 gcc_assert ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 1))
1550 offset = cfa_temp.offset;
1556 if (XEXP (src, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1558 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
1559 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
1560 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1562 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM)
1563 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
1566 gcc_assert (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx);
1568 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
1570 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1571 cfa.offset += offset;
1572 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1573 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1575 else if (dest == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1578 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
1579 or adjusting the FP */
1580 gcc_assert (frame_pointer_needed);
1582 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1583 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1584 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT);
1585 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1586 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
1588 cfa.offset += offset;
1589 cfa.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
1593 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS);
1596 if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1597 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1598 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1600 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
1601 into the FP later on. */
1602 offset = - INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1603 cfa.offset += offset;
1604 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1605 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
1606 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
1607 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
1611 else if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1612 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
1613 && XEXP (src, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1615 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
1616 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
1617 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1618 cfa_store.reg = REGNO (dest);
1619 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset;
1623 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM
1624 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1626 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1627 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1636 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1637 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (src);
1642 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1643 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
1644 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT);
1646 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest) != cfa_temp.reg)
1647 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1648 cfa_temp.offset |= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1651 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
1652 which will fill in all of the bits. */
1659 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE:
1660 gcc_assert (targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec);
1661 targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (label, expr, XINT (src, 1));
1668 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1672 gcc_assert (REG_P (src));
1674 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
1676 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1681 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
1682 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1))
1684 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1));
1686 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1687 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1689 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1690 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1691 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1693 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1699 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1700 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == PRE_INC)
1703 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1704 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1706 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1707 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1708 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1710 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1714 /* With an offset. */
1721 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT);
1722 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1));
1723 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == MINUS)
1726 regno = REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0));
1728 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
1729 offset -= cfa_store.offset;
1732 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
1733 offset -= cfa_temp.offset;
1739 /* Without an offset. */
1742 int regno = REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0));
1744 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
1745 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1748 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
1749 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
1756 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg
1757 == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
1758 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
1759 cfa_temp.offset -= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1766 if (REGNO (src) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1767 && REGNO (src) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1768 && (unsigned) REGNO (src) == cfa.reg)
1770 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
1772 if (cfa.offset == 0)
1774 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
1775 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
1777 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1778 queue_reg_save (label, stack_pointer_rtx, NULL_RTX, offset);
1783 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
1784 calculate the CFA. */
1785 rtx x = XEXP (dest, 0);
1789 gcc_assert (REG_P (x));
1791 cfa.reg = REGNO (x);
1792 cfa.base_offset = offset;
1794 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1799 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1800 queue_reg_save (label, src, NULL_RTX, offset);
1808 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
1809 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1810 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state.
1812 If AFTER_P is false, we're being called before the insn is emitted,
1813 otherwise after. Call instructions get invoked twice. */
1816 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn, bool after_p)
1821 if (insn == NULL_RTX)
1825 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
1826 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1828 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
1831 == (unsigned long)DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM));
1833 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1836 cfa_temp.offset = 0;
1838 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1840 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = NULL_RTX;
1841 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = NULL_RTX;
1843 num_regs_saved_in_regs = 0;
1847 if (!NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn) || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn))
1848 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1850 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
1852 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
1853 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn, after_p);
1857 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1858 src = find_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, NULL_RTX);
1860 insn = XEXP (src, 0);
1862 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1864 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn, label);
1869 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
1870 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
1871 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
1873 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1874 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
1879 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
1880 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
1882 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
1883 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
1884 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
1885 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
1886 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
1887 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr;
1890 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1891 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1892 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
1893 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
1894 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
1895 case DW_CFA_undefined:
1896 case DW_CFA_same_value:
1897 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
1898 case DW_CFA_register:
1899 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
1901 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
1902 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
1903 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
1904 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
1906 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
1907 case DW_CFA_expression:
1908 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
1915 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
1916 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
1917 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
1919 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1920 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
1924 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1925 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
1927 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
1928 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1929 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
1931 case DW_CFA_register:
1932 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
1935 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
1939 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1941 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
1942 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
1943 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
1944 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
1945 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
1948 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
1951 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_fde_ref fde, int for_eh)
1954 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_advance_loc)
1955 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
1956 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset & 0x3f)),
1957 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
1958 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
1959 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_offset)
1961 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
1962 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
1963 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx", r);
1964 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1966 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore)
1968 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
1969 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
1970 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx", r);
1974 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_opc,
1975 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi->dw_cfi_opc));
1977 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
1979 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
1981 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
1982 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
1983 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr),
1986 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
1987 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr, NULL);
1990 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
1991 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1992 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1993 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1996 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
1997 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1998 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1999 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
2002 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
2003 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
2004 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
2005 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
2008 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
2009 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
2010 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
2011 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
2014 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
2015 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
2016 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2017 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2018 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2021 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
2022 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
2023 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2024 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2025 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2028 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
2029 case DW_CFA_undefined:
2030 case DW_CFA_same_value:
2031 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
2032 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2033 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2036 case DW_CFA_register:
2037 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2038 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2039 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2040 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2043 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
2044 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
2045 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2048 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
2049 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2052 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
2055 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
2056 case DW_CFA_expression:
2057 output_cfa_loc (cfi);
2060 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
2061 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
2070 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
2071 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
2072 location of saved registers. */
2075 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh)
2080 char l1[20], l2[20], section_start_label[20];
2081 bool any_lsda_needed = false;
2082 char augmentation[6];
2083 int augmentation_size;
2084 int fde_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
2085 int per_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
2086 int lsda_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
2089 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
2090 if (fde_table_in_use == 0)
2093 /* If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to emit an empty label for
2094 an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We want to avoid
2095 having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to is
2096 discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function
2097 template in C++ requires EH information, but an explicit
2098 specialization doesn't. */
2099 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
2100 && ! flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
2102 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
2103 if ((fde_table[i].nothrow || fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
2104 && !fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda
2105 && ! DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
2106 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde_table[i].decl,
2107 for_eh, /* empty */ 1);
2109 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
2110 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
2111 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
2112 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
2115 bool any_eh_needed = !flag_exceptions || flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables;
2117 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
2118 if (fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda)
2119 any_eh_needed = any_lsda_needed = true;
2120 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
2121 any_eh_needed = true;
2122 else if (! fde_table[i].nothrow
2123 && ! fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
2124 any_eh_needed = true;
2126 if (! any_eh_needed)
2130 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
2135 targetm.asm_out.eh_frame_section ();
2137 named_section_flags (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
2139 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL, for_eh);
2140 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, section_start_label);
2142 /* Output the CIE. */
2143 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh);
2144 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, CIE_END_LABEL, for_eh);
2145 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
2146 "Length of Common Information Entry");
2147 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
2149 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
2150 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
2151 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE),
2152 (for_eh ? 0 : DW_CIE_ID),
2153 "CIE Identifier Tag");
2155 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_CIE_VERSION, "CIE Version");
2157 augmentation[0] = 0;
2158 augmentation_size = 0;
2164 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
2165 augmentation section.
2166 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
2167 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
2168 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
2170 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
2171 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
2173 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
2174 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
2175 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
2177 p = augmentation + 1;
2178 if (eh_personality_libfunc)
2181 augmentation_size += 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding);
2183 if (any_lsda_needed)
2186 augmentation_size += 1;
2188 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
2191 augmentation_size += 1;
2193 if (p > augmentation + 1)
2195 augmentation[0] = 'z';
2199 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
2200 if (eh_personality_libfunc && per_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2202 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
2204 + 1 /* CIE version */
2205 + strlen (augmentation) + 1 /* Augmentation */
2206 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
2207 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT)
2209 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
2210 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
2211 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
2213 augmentation_size += pad;
2215 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
2216 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
2217 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size) == 1);
2221 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
2222 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
2223 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT,
2224 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
2226 return_reg = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, for_eh);
2227 if (DW_CIE_VERSION == 1)
2228 dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
2230 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
2232 if (augmentation[0])
2234 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size, "Augmentation size");
2235 if (eh_personality_libfunc)
2237 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding, "Personality (%s)",
2238 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding));
2239 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding,
2240 eh_personality_libfunc, NULL);
2243 if (any_lsda_needed)
2244 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
2245 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding));
2247 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
2248 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
2249 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding));
2252 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
2253 output_cfi (cfi, NULL, for_eh);
2255 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
2256 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
2257 floor_log2 (for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE));
2258 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
2260 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
2261 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
2263 fde = &fde_table[i];
2265 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
2266 if (for_eh && !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && flag_exceptions
2267 && (fde->nothrow || fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
2268 && ! (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
2269 && !fde->uses_eh_lsda)
2272 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde->decl, for_eh, /* empty */ 0);
2273 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, FDE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2274 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2275 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, FDE_END_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2276 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
2278 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
2281 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1, section_start_label, "FDE CIE offset");
2283 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, section_start_label,
2288 rtx sym_ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, fde->dw_fde_begin);
2289 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2290 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding,
2292 "FDE initial location");
2293 if (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
2295 rtx sym_ref2 = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode,
2296 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label);
2297 rtx sym_ref3= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode,
2298 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label);
2299 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref2) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2300 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref3) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2301 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding, sym_ref3,
2302 "FDE initial location");
2303 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
2304 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label,
2305 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
2306 "FDE address range");
2307 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding, sym_ref2,
2308 "FDE initial location");
2309 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
2310 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label,
2311 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
2312 "FDE address range");
2315 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
2316 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2317 "FDE address range");
2321 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2322 "FDE initial location");
2323 if (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
2325 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2326 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
2327 "FDE initial location");
2328 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2329 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label,
2330 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
2331 "FDE address range");
2332 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2333 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
2334 "FDE initial location");
2335 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2336 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label,
2337 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
2338 "FDE address range");
2341 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2342 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2343 "FDE address range");
2346 if (augmentation[0])
2348 if (any_lsda_needed)
2350 int size = size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding);
2352 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2354 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
2355 + 4 /* CIE offset */
2356 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding)
2357 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
2358 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
2361 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size) == 1);
2364 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "Augmentation size");
2366 if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
2368 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, "LLSDA",
2369 fde->funcdef_number);
2370 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2371 lsda_encoding, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, l1),
2372 "Language Specific Data Area");
2376 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2377 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
2379 (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding), 0,
2380 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
2384 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
2387 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
2389 fde->dw_fde_current_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
2390 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
2391 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
2393 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
2394 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
2395 floor_log2 ((for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)));
2396 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
2399 if (for_eh && targetm.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info)
2400 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
2401 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2402 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
2403 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
2404 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, 0);
2407 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
2412 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
2416 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2417 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2419 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2423 current_function_func_begin_label = NULL;
2425 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2426 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
2427 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
2429 if ((! flag_exceptions || USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
2430 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2433 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2437 function_section (current_function_decl);
2438 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
2439 current_function_funcdef_no);
2440 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
2441 current_function_funcdef_no);
2442 dup_label = xstrdup (label);
2443 current_function_func_begin_label = dup_label;
2445 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2446 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
2447 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2451 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
2452 if (fde_table_in_use == fde_table_allocated)
2454 fde_table_allocated += FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2455 fde_table = ggc_realloc (fde_table,
2456 fde_table_allocated * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2457 memset (fde_table + fde_table_in_use, 0,
2458 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2461 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
2462 current_funcdef_fde = fde_table_in_use;
2464 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
2465 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use++];
2466 fde->decl = current_function_decl;
2467 fde->dw_fde_begin = dup_label;
2468 fde->dw_fde_current_label = NULL;
2469 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = NULL;
2470 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = NULL;
2471 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = NULL;
2472 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = NULL;
2473 fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = false;
2474 fde->dw_fde_end = NULL;
2475 fde->dw_fde_cfi = NULL;
2476 fde->funcdef_number = current_function_funcdef_no;
2477 fde->nothrow = TREE_NOTHROW (current_function_decl);
2478 fde->uses_eh_lsda = cfun->uses_eh_lsda;
2479 fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls = cfun->all_throwers_are_sibcalls;
2481 args_size = old_args_size = 0;
2483 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
2484 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
2485 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2487 dwarf2out_source_line (line, file);
2491 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
2492 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
2496 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2497 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2500 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2502 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
2504 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL,
2505 current_function_funcdef_no);
2506 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
2507 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
2508 fde->dw_fde_end = xstrdup (label);
2512 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
2514 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
2515 fde_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2516 fde_table_allocated = FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2517 fde_table_in_use = 0;
2519 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
2520 sake of lookup_cfa. */
2522 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
2523 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
2524 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET);
2525 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX);
2530 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
2532 /* Output call frame information. */
2533 if (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
2534 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
2535 #ifdef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
2536 || DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
2539 output_call_frame_info (0);
2541 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2542 /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
2543 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS && (flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions))
2544 output_call_frame_info (1);
2549 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
2550 for emitting location expressions. */
2552 /* We need some way to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol
2553 relocation from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
2554 #define INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr (0x100 + DW_OP_addr)
2557 typedef struct dw_val_struct *dw_val_ref;
2558 typedef struct die_struct *dw_die_ref;
2559 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_loc_descr_ref;
2560 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct *dw_loc_list_ref;
2562 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
2563 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
2564 implementation are listed below. */
2569 dw_val_class_offset,
2571 dw_val_class_loc_list,
2572 dw_val_class_range_list,
2574 dw_val_class_unsigned_const,
2575 dw_val_class_long_long,
2578 dw_val_class_die_ref,
2579 dw_val_class_fde_ref,
2580 dw_val_class_lbl_id,
2581 dw_val_class_lbl_offset,
2585 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
2586 /* ??? Every instance of long_long in the code really means CONST_DOUBLE. */
2588 typedef struct dw_long_long_struct GTY(())
2595 /* Describe a floating point constant value, or a vector constant value. */
2597 typedef struct dw_vec_struct GTY(())
2599 unsigned char * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array;
2605 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
2606 represented internally. */
2608 typedef struct dw_val_struct GTY(())
2610 enum dw_val_class val_class;
2611 union dw_val_struct_union
2613 rtx GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr;
2614 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset;
2615 dw_loc_list_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list;
2616 dw_loc_descr_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc;
2617 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((default)) val_int;
2618 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned;
2619 dw_long_long_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_long_long"))) val_long_long;
2620 dw_vec_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vec"))) val_vec;
2621 struct dw_val_die_union
2625 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref;
2626 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index;
2627 struct indirect_string_node * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str;
2628 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id;
2629 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag;
2631 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v;
2635 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
2638 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct GTY(())
2640 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next;
2641 enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc;
2642 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1;
2643 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2;
2648 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
2649 so you can track variables that are in different places over
2650 their entire life. */
2651 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct GTY(())
2653 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next;
2654 const char *begin; /* Label for begin address of range */
2655 const char *end; /* Label for end address of range */
2656 char *ll_symbol; /* Label for beginning of location list.
2657 Only on head of list */
2658 const char *section; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
2659 dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
2662 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2664 static const char *dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned);
2665 static dw_loc_descr_ref new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom,
2666 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
2667 static void add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *, dw_loc_descr_ref);
2668 static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2669 static unsigned long size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2670 static void output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2671 static void output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2673 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
2676 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op)
2681 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
2682 return "DW_OP_addr";
2684 return "DW_OP_deref";
2686 return "DW_OP_const1u";
2688 return "DW_OP_const1s";
2690 return "DW_OP_const2u";
2692 return "DW_OP_const2s";
2694 return "DW_OP_const4u";
2696 return "DW_OP_const4s";
2698 return "DW_OP_const8u";
2700 return "DW_OP_const8s";
2702 return "DW_OP_constu";
2704 return "DW_OP_consts";
2708 return "DW_OP_drop";
2710 return "DW_OP_over";
2712 return "DW_OP_pick";
2714 return "DW_OP_swap";
2718 return "DW_OP_xderef";
2726 return "DW_OP_minus";
2738 return "DW_OP_plus";
2739 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2740 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
2746 return "DW_OP_shra";
2764 return "DW_OP_skip";
2766 return "DW_OP_lit0";
2768 return "DW_OP_lit1";
2770 return "DW_OP_lit2";
2772 return "DW_OP_lit3";
2774 return "DW_OP_lit4";
2776 return "DW_OP_lit5";
2778 return "DW_OP_lit6";
2780 return "DW_OP_lit7";
2782 return "DW_OP_lit8";
2784 return "DW_OP_lit9";
2786 return "DW_OP_lit10";
2788 return "DW_OP_lit11";
2790 return "DW_OP_lit12";
2792 return "DW_OP_lit13";
2794 return "DW_OP_lit14";
2796 return "DW_OP_lit15";
2798 return "DW_OP_lit16";
2800 return "DW_OP_lit17";
2802 return "DW_OP_lit18";
2804 return "DW_OP_lit19";
2806 return "DW_OP_lit20";
2808 return "DW_OP_lit21";
2810 return "DW_OP_lit22";
2812 return "DW_OP_lit23";
2814 return "DW_OP_lit24";
2816 return "DW_OP_lit25";
2818 return "DW_OP_lit26";
2820 return "DW_OP_lit27";
2822 return "DW_OP_lit28";
2824 return "DW_OP_lit29";
2826 return "DW_OP_lit30";
2828 return "DW_OP_lit31";
2830 return "DW_OP_reg0";
2832 return "DW_OP_reg1";
2834 return "DW_OP_reg2";
2836 return "DW_OP_reg3";
2838 return "DW_OP_reg4";
2840 return "DW_OP_reg5";
2842 return "DW_OP_reg6";
2844 return "DW_OP_reg7";
2846 return "DW_OP_reg8";
2848 return "DW_OP_reg9";
2850 return "DW_OP_reg10";
2852 return "DW_OP_reg11";
2854 return "DW_OP_reg12";
2856 return "DW_OP_reg13";
2858 return "DW_OP_reg14";
2860 return "DW_OP_reg15";
2862 return "DW_OP_reg16";
2864 return "DW_OP_reg17";
2866 return "DW_OP_reg18";
2868 return "DW_OP_reg19";
2870 return "DW_OP_reg20";
2872 return "DW_OP_reg21";
2874 return "DW_OP_reg22";
2876 return "DW_OP_reg23";
2878 return "DW_OP_reg24";
2880 return "DW_OP_reg25";
2882 return "DW_OP_reg26";
2884 return "DW_OP_reg27";
2886 return "DW_OP_reg28";
2888 return "DW_OP_reg29";
2890 return "DW_OP_reg30";
2892 return "DW_OP_reg31";
2894 return "DW_OP_breg0";
2896 return "DW_OP_breg1";
2898 return "DW_OP_breg2";
2900 return "DW_OP_breg3";
2902 return "DW_OP_breg4";
2904 return "DW_OP_breg5";
2906 return "DW_OP_breg6";
2908 return "DW_OP_breg7";
2910 return "DW_OP_breg8";
2912 return "DW_OP_breg9";
2914 return "DW_OP_breg10";
2916 return "DW_OP_breg11";
2918 return "DW_OP_breg12";
2920 return "DW_OP_breg13";
2922 return "DW_OP_breg14";
2924 return "DW_OP_breg15";
2926 return "DW_OP_breg16";
2928 return "DW_OP_breg17";
2930 return "DW_OP_breg18";
2932 return "DW_OP_breg19";
2934 return "DW_OP_breg20";
2936 return "DW_OP_breg21";
2938 return "DW_OP_breg22";
2940 return "DW_OP_breg23";
2942 return "DW_OP_breg24";
2944 return "DW_OP_breg25";
2946 return "DW_OP_breg26";
2948 return "DW_OP_breg27";
2950 return "DW_OP_breg28";
2952 return "DW_OP_breg29";
2954 return "DW_OP_breg30";
2956 return "DW_OP_breg31";
2958 return "DW_OP_regx";
2960 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
2962 return "DW_OP_bregx";
2964 return "DW_OP_piece";
2965 case DW_OP_deref_size:
2966 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
2967 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
2968 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
2971 case DW_OP_push_object_address:
2972 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
2974 return "DW_OP_call2";
2976 return "DW_OP_call4";
2977 case DW_OP_call_ref:
2978 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
2979 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address:
2980 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
2982 return "OP_<unknown>";
2986 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
2987 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
2988 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
2990 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
2991 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1,
2992 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2)
2994 dw_loc_descr_ref descr = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
2996 descr->dw_loc_opc = op;
2997 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
2998 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned = oprnd1;
2999 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
3000 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned = oprnd2;
3005 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
3008 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
3010 dw_loc_descr_ref *d;
3012 /* Find the end of the chain. */
3013 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
3019 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
3021 static unsigned long
3022 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3024 unsigned long size = 1;
3026 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
3029 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
3030 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
3049 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3052 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
3057 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
3058 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3096 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
3099 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3102 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
3105 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3106 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int);
3109 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3111 case DW_OP_deref_size:
3112 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
3121 case DW_OP_call_ref:
3122 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
3131 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
3133 static unsigned long
3134 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3138 for (size = 0; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
3140 loc->dw_loc_addr = size;
3141 size += size_of_loc_descr (loc);
3147 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
3150 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3152 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
3153 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
3155 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
3157 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3159 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val1->v.val_addr, NULL);
3163 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3167 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3171 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG >= 64);
3172 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3179 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
3180 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
3182 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset, NULL);
3195 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
3196 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
3197 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
3198 only doing unwinding. */
3203 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3206 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3209 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3212 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3214 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
3215 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3249 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3252 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3255 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3258 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3259 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL);
3262 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3264 case DW_OP_deref_size:
3265 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
3266 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3269 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
3270 if (targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
3272 targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file,
3275 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3282 /* Other codes have no operands. */
3287 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
3290 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3292 for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
3294 /* Output the opcode. */
3295 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc->dw_loc_opc,
3296 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc->dw_loc_opc));
3298 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
3299 output_loc_operands (loc);
3303 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
3304 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
3307 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
3309 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
3312 /* Output the size of the block. */
3313 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
3314 size = size_of_locs (loc);
3315 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, NULL);
3317 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
3318 output_loc_sequence (loc);
3321 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from
3322 a dw_cfa_location. */
3324 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
3325 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location *cfa)
3327 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head, *tmp;
3331 if (cfa->base_offset)
3334 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset, 0);
3336 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset);
3338 else if (cfa->reg <= 31)
3339 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + cfa->reg, 0, 0);
3341 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, cfa->reg, 0);
3343 head->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
3344 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
3345 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
3346 if (cfa->offset != 0)
3348 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, cfa->offset, 0);
3349 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
3354 if (cfa->offset == 0)
3356 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + cfa->reg, 0, 0);
3358 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, cfa->reg, 0);
3359 else if (cfa->reg <= 31)
3360 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + cfa->reg, cfa->offset, 0);
3362 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, cfa->reg, cfa->offset);
3368 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
3369 descriptor sequence. */
3372 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *cfa, struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc)
3374 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *ptr;
3376 cfa->base_offset = 0;
3380 for (ptr = loc; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->dw_loc_next)
3382 enum dwarf_location_atom op = ptr->dw_loc_opc;
3418 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_reg0;
3421 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3455 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_breg0;
3456 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3459 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3460 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
3465 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
3466 cfa->offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
3469 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented",
3470 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr->dw_loc_opc));
3474 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
3476 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
3477 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3479 /* .debug_str support. */
3480 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
3482 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
3483 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
3484 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
3485 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
3486 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
3487 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
3488 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3489 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3490 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree);
3491 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree);
3492 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree, int);
3493 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree, tree);
3494 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree);
3495 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx);
3496 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree);
3497 static void dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void);
3499 /* The debug hooks structure. */
3501 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
3507 dwarf2out_start_source_file,
3508 dwarf2out_end_source_file,
3509 dwarf2out_begin_block,
3510 dwarf2out_end_block,
3511 dwarf2out_ignore_block,
3512 dwarf2out_source_line,
3513 dwarf2out_begin_prologue,
3514 debug_nothing_int_charstar, /* end_prologue */
3515 dwarf2out_end_epilogue,
3516 dwarf2out_begin_function,
3517 debug_nothing_int, /* end_function */
3518 dwarf2out_decl, /* function_decl */
3519 dwarf2out_global_decl,
3520 dwarf2out_type_decl, /* type_decl */
3521 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl,
3522 debug_nothing_tree, /* deferred_inline_function */
3523 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
3524 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
3525 something tries to reference them. */
3526 dwarf2out_abstract_function, /* outlining_inline_function */
3527 debug_nothing_rtx, /* label */
3528 debug_nothing_int, /* handle_pch */
3529 dwarf2out_var_location,
3530 dwarf2out_switch_text_section,
3531 1 /* start_end_main_source_file */
3535 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
3536 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
3537 throughout the remainder of this file. */
3539 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
3540 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
3541 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
3542 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
3544 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
3545 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
3547 typedef long int dw_offset;
3549 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
3551 typedef struct dw_attr_struct *dw_attr_ref;
3552 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct *dw_line_info_ref;
3553 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct *dw_separate_line_info_ref;
3554 typedef struct pubname_struct *pubname_ref;
3555 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct *dw_ranges_ref;
3557 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
3558 line number associated with the label generated for that
3559 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
3560 the line number entry. */
3562 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct GTY(())
3564 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3565 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3569 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
3571 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct GTY(())
3573 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3574 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3575 unsigned long function;
3577 dw_separate_line_info_entry;
3579 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
3580 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
3581 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
3583 typedef struct dw_attr_struct GTY(())
3585 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr;
3586 dw_attr_ref dw_attr_next;
3587 dw_val_node dw_attr_val;
3591 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure */
3593 typedef struct die_struct GTY(())
3595 enum dwarf_tag die_tag;
3597 dw_attr_ref die_attr;
3598 dw_die_ref die_parent;
3599 dw_die_ref die_child;
3601 dw_die_ref die_definition; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
3602 dw_offset die_offset;
3603 unsigned long die_abbrev;
3605 unsigned int decl_id;
3609 /* The pubname structure */
3611 typedef struct pubname_struct GTY(())
3618 struct dw_ranges_struct GTY(())
3623 /* The limbo die list structure. */
3624 typedef struct limbo_die_struct GTY(())
3628 struct limbo_die_struct *next;
3632 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
3633 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
3634 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
3637 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
3638 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
3640 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
3641 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
3642 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
3643 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
3644 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
3645 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
3647 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
3648 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
3649 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
3650 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
3651 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
3652 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
3653 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
3654 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
3655 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
3656 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
3658 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
3659 language, and compiler version. */
3661 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
3662 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
3663 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
3665 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
3666 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
3668 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
3669 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
3670 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3671 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3672 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
3674 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
3675 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
3676 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
3677 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3678 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3679 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
3681 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
3682 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3683 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
3684 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
3686 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
3690 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
3691 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
3692 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
3694 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
3695 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
3697 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
3698 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
3700 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
3701 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
3702 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
3703 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
3704 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
3706 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3707 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
3708 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
3709 static unsigned long next_die_offset;
3712 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3713 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die;
3715 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
3716 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *limbo_die_list;
3718 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
3719 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table;
3720 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table_emitted;
3721 static GTY(()) size_t file_table_last_lookup_index;
3723 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
3724 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
3725 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct))) htab_t decl_die_table;
3727 /* Node of the variable location list. */
3728 struct var_loc_node GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next")))
3730 rtx GTY (()) var_loc_note;
3731 const char * GTY (()) label;
3732 const char * GTY (()) section_label;
3733 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) next;
3736 /* Variable location list. */
3737 struct var_loc_list_def GTY (())
3739 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) first;
3741 /* Do not mark the last element of the chained list because
3742 it is marked through the chain. */
3743 struct var_loc_node * GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last;
3745 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
3746 unsigned int decl_id;
3748 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list;
3751 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
3752 static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list))) htab_t decl_loc_table;
3754 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
3755 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
3756 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
3757 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
3758 dw_die_ref *abbrev_die_table;
3760 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
3761 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated;
3763 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
3764 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use;
3766 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3767 abbrev_die_table. */
3768 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3770 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3771 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
3772 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
3773 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table;
3775 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
3776 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated;
3778 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
3779 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use;
3781 /* True if the compilation unit contains more than one .text section. */
3782 static GTY(()) bool have_switched_text_section = false;
3784 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3785 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
3786 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
3787 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table;
3789 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
3790 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated;
3792 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
3793 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use;
3795 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3797 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
3799 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3800 accessible names. */
3801 static GTY ((length ("pubname_table_allocated"))) pubname_ref pubname_table;
3803 /* Number of elements currently allocated for pubname_table. */
3804 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_allocated;
3806 /* Number of elements in pubname_table currently in use. */
3807 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_in_use;
3809 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3811 #define PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3813 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
3814 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref *arange_table;
3816 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
3817 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated;
3819 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
3820 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use;
3822 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3824 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3826 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
3827 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table;
3829 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
3830 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated;
3832 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
3833 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use;
3835 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3837 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3839 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
3840 static GTY(()) unsigned have_location_lists;
3842 /* Unique label counter. */
3843 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num;
3845 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3846 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
3847 static int current_function_has_inlines;
3849 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
3850 static int comp_unit_has_inlines;
3853 /* Number of file tables emitted in maybe_emit_file(). */
3854 static GTY(()) int emitcount = 0;
3856 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
3857 static GTY(()) int label_num;
3859 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3861 /* Offset from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the CFA,
3862 within the current function. */
3863 static HOST_WIDE_INT frame_pointer_cfa_offset;
3865 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
3867 static int is_pseudo_reg (rtx);
3868 static tree type_main_variant (tree);
3869 static int is_tagged_type (tree);
3870 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
3871 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
3872 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
3873 static tree decl_ultimate_origin (tree);
3874 static tree block_ultimate_origin (tree);
3875 static tree decl_class_context (tree);
3876 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref, dw_attr_ref);
3877 static inline enum dw_val_class AT_class (dw_attr_ref);
3878 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
3879 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref);
3880 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, HOST_WIDE_INT);
3881 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT AT_int (dw_attr_ref);
3882 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
3883 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref);
3884 static void add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned long,
3886 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned int,
3887 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
3888 static hashval_t debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
3889 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
3890 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
3891 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref);
3892 static int AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref);
3893 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_die_ref);
3894 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3895 static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref (dw_attr_ref);
3896 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref);
3897 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref, int);
3898 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
3899 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_loc_descr_ref);
3900 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc (dw_attr_ref);
3901 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3903 static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref);
3904 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, rtx);
3905 static inline rtx AT_addr (dw_attr_ref);
3906 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
3907 static void add_AT_lbl_offset (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
3908 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3909 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
3910 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3912 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref);
3913 static dw_attr_ref get_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3914 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref);
3915 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref);
3916 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3917 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3918 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3919 static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3920 static bool is_c_family (void);
3921 static bool is_cxx (void);
3922 static bool is_java (void);
3923 static bool is_fortran (void);
3924 static bool is_ada (void);
3925 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3926 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_tag);
3927 static inline void free_die (dw_die_ref);
3928 static void remove_children (dw_die_ref);
3929 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3930 static dw_die_ref new_die (enum dwarf_tag, dw_die_ref, tree);
3931 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die (tree);
3932 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3933 static hashval_t decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
3934 static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
3935 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die (tree);
3936 static hashval_t decl_loc_table_hash (const void *);
3937 static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
3938 static var_loc_list *lookup_decl_loc (tree);
3939 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3940 static void add_var_loc_to_decl (tree, struct var_loc_node *);
3941 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
3942 static void print_die (dw_die_ref, FILE *);
3943 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
3944 static void reverse_die_lists (dw_die_ref);
3945 static void reverse_all_dies (dw_die_ref);
3946 static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3947 static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref);
3948 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
3949 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
3950 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
3951 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref, dw_loc_descr_ref, int *);
3952 static int same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node *, dw_val_node *, int *);
3953 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref, dw_attr_ref, int *);
3954 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, int *);
3955 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3956 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref);
3957 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref);
3958 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref);
3959 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref);
3960 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref);
3961 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref);
3962 static hashval_t htab_cu_hash (const void *);
3963 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
3964 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
3965 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned *);
3966 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned);
3967 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref);
3968 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref);
3969 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref);
3970 static int constant_size (long unsigned);
3971 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref);
3972 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref);
3973 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref);
3974 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
3975 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref);
3976 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (void);
3977 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
3978 static enum dwarf_form value_format (dw_attr_ref);
3979 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref);
3980 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
3981 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref);
3982 static void output_die (dw_die_ref);
3983 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
3984 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref, int);
3985 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree, int);
3986 static void add_pubname (tree, dw_die_ref);
3987 static void output_pubnames (void);
3988 static void add_arange (tree, dw_die_ref);
3989 static void output_aranges (void);
3990 static unsigned int add_ranges (tree);
3991 static void output_ranges (void);
3992 static void output_line_info (void);
3993 static void output_file_names (void);
3994 static dw_die_ref base_type_die (tree);
3995 static tree root_type (tree);
3996 static int is_base_type (tree);
3997 static bool is_subrange_type (tree);
3998 static dw_die_ref subrange_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3999 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die (tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
4000 static int type_is_enum (tree);
4001 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (rtx);
4002 static void add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *, int);
4003 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor (rtx);
4004 static dw_loc_descr_ref one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int);
4005 static dw_loc_descr_ref multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx);
4006 static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT);
4007 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr (rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT);
4008 static int is_based_loc (rtx);
4009 static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum machine_mode mode);
4010 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx);
4011 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor (rtx);
4012 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (tree, int);
4013 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree);
4014 static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int);
4015 static tree field_type (tree);
4016 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (tree);
4017 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree);
4018 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits (tree);
4019 static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset (tree);
4020 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
4022 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4023 static void add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, rtx);
4024 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned, unsigned char *);
4025 static HOST_WIDE_INT extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
4026 static void insert_float (rtx, unsigned char *);
4027 static rtx rtl_for_decl_location (tree);
4028 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree,
4029 enum dwarf_attribute);
4030 static void tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4031 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref, const char *);
4032 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref);
4033 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, tree);
4034 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref, tree);
4035 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4036 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4037 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4038 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4039 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4040 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4041 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
4042 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
4043 static void push_decl_scope (tree);
4044 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
4045 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for (tree, dw_die_ref);
4046 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
4047 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
4048 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
4049 static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4050 static const char *type_tag (tree);
4051 static tree member_declared_type (tree);
4053 static const char *decl_start_label (tree);
4055 static void gen_array_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4057 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4059 static void gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4060 static void gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4061 static void gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4062 static dw_die_ref gen_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4063 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4064 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4065 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4066 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4067 static void gen_variable_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4068 static void gen_label_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4069 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
4070 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
4071 static void gen_field_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4072 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4073 static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
4074 static void gen_string_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4075 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
4076 static void gen_member_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4077 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4078 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4079 static void gen_typedef_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4080 static void gen_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4081 static void gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4082 static void gen_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
4083 static void decls_for_scope (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
4084 static int is_redundant_typedef (tree);
4085 static void gen_namespace_die (tree);
4086 static void gen_decl_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4087 static dw_die_ref force_decl_die (tree);
4088 static dw_die_ref force_type_die (tree);
4089 static dw_die_ref setup_namespace_context (tree, dw_die_ref);
4090 static void declare_in_namespace (tree, dw_die_ref);
4091 static unsigned lookup_filename (const char *);
4092 static void init_file_table (void);
4093 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
4094 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
4095 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
4096 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
4097 static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref, const char *,
4098 const char *, const char *, unsigned);
4099 static void add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *, dw_loc_descr_ref,
4100 const char *, const char *,
4102 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref);
4103 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
4105 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
4106 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref, int);
4107 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref);
4108 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref);
4109 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref);
4110 static void prune_unused_types (void);
4111 static int maybe_emit_file (int);
4113 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
4114 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
4115 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
4117 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
4118 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
4120 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
4121 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
4123 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
4124 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
4126 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
4127 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
4129 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
4130 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
4132 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
4133 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
4135 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
4136 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
4138 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
4139 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
4142 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
4143 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
4144 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
4147 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
4148 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
4149 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_constants \
4150 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
4153 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
4154 the section names themselves. */
4156 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
4157 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
4159 #ifndef COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
4160 #define COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext_cold"
4162 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
4163 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
4165 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
4166 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
4168 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
4169 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
4171 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
4172 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
4174 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
4175 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
4177 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
4178 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
4181 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
4182 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
4183 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
4184 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
4185 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
4187 static char text_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4188 static char text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4189 static char cold_text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4190 static char cold_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4191 static char abbrev_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4192 static char debug_info_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4193 static char debug_line_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4194 static char macinfo_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4195 static char loc_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4196 static char ranges_section_label[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4198 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
4199 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
4201 #ifndef COLD_END_LABEL
4202 #define COLD_END_LABEL "Letext_cold"
4204 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
4205 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
4207 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
4208 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
4210 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
4211 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
4213 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
4214 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
4217 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
4218 called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */
4220 static const char *(*demangle_name_func) (const char *);
4223 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func) (const char *))
4225 demangle_name_func = func;
4228 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
4231 is_pseudo_reg (rtx rtl)
4233 return ((REG_P (rtl) && REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
4234 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == SUBREG
4235 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER));
4238 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
4242 type_main_variant (tree type)
4244 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
4246 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
4247 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
4248 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
4249 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
4251 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
4252 while (type != TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type))
4253 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
4258 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
4261 is_tagged_type (tree type)
4263 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
4265 return (code == RECORD_TYPE || code == UNION_TYPE
4266 || code == QUAL_UNION_TYPE || code == ENUMERAL_TYPE);
4269 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
4272 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag)
4276 case DW_TAG_padding:
4277 return "DW_TAG_padding";
4278 case DW_TAG_array_type:
4279 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
4280 case DW_TAG_class_type:
4281 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
4282 case DW_TAG_entry_point:
4283 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
4284 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
4285 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
4286 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter:
4287 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
4288 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration:
4289 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
4291 return "DW_TAG_label";
4292 case DW_TAG_lexical_block:
4293 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
4295 return "DW_TAG_member";
4296 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
4297 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
4298 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
4299 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
4300 case DW_TAG_compile_unit:
4301 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
4302 case DW_TAG_string_type:
4303 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
4304 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
4305 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
4306 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
4307 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
4308 case DW_TAG_typedef:
4309 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
4310 case DW_TAG_union_type:
4311 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
4312 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters:
4313 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
4314 case DW_TAG_variant:
4315 return "DW_TAG_variant";
4316 case DW_TAG_common_block:
4317 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
4318 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion:
4319 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
4320 case DW_TAG_inheritance:
4321 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
4322 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine:
4323 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
4325 return "DW_TAG_module";
4326 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
4327 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
4328 case DW_TAG_set_type:
4329 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
4330 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
4331 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
4332 case DW_TAG_with_stmt:
4333 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
4334 case DW_TAG_access_declaration:
4335 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
4336 case DW_TAG_base_type:
4337 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
4338 case DW_TAG_catch_block:
4339 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
4340 case DW_TAG_const_type:
4341 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
4342 case DW_TAG_constant:
4343 return "DW_TAG_constant";
4344 case DW_TAG_enumerator:
4345 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
4346 case DW_TAG_file_type:
4347 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
4349 return "DW_TAG_friend";
4350 case DW_TAG_namelist:
4351 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
4352 case DW_TAG_namelist_item:
4353 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
4354 case DW_TAG_namespace:
4355 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
4356 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
4357 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
4358 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
4359 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
4360 case DW_TAG_template_type_param:
4361 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
4362 case DW_TAG_template_value_param:
4363 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
4364 case DW_TAG_thrown_type:
4365 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
4366 case DW_TAG_try_block:
4367 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
4368 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
4369 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
4370 case DW_TAG_variable:
4371 return "DW_TAG_variable";
4372 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
4373 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
4374 case DW_TAG_imported_module:
4375 return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
4376 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop:
4377 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
4378 case DW_TAG_format_label:
4379 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
4380 case DW_TAG_function_template:
4381 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
4382 case DW_TAG_class_template:
4383 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
4384 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL:
4385 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
4386 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL:
4387 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
4389 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
4393 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
4396 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr)
4401 return "DW_AT_sibling";
4402 case DW_AT_location:
4403 return "DW_AT_location";
4405 return "DW_AT_name";
4406 case DW_AT_ordering:
4407 return "DW_AT_ordering";
4408 case DW_AT_subscr_data:
4409 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
4410 case DW_AT_byte_size:
4411 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
4412 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
4413 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
4414 case DW_AT_bit_size:
4415 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
4416 case DW_AT_element_list:
4417 return "DW_AT_element_list";
4418 case DW_AT_stmt_list:
4419 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
4421 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
4423 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
4424 case DW_AT_language:
4425 return "DW_AT_language";
4427 return "DW_AT_member";
4429 return "DW_AT_discr";
4430 case DW_AT_discr_value:
4431 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
4432 case DW_AT_visibility:
4433 return "DW_AT_visibility";
4435 return "DW_AT_import";
4436 case DW_AT_string_length:
4437 return "DW_AT_string_length";
4438 case DW_AT_common_reference:
4439 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
4440 case DW_AT_comp_dir:
4441 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
4442 case DW_AT_const_value:
4443 return "DW_AT_const_value";
4444 case DW_AT_containing_type:
4445 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
4446 case DW_AT_default_value:
4447 return "DW_AT_default_value";
4449 return "DW_AT_inline";
4450 case DW_AT_is_optional:
4451 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
4452 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
4453 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
4454 case DW_AT_producer:
4455 return "DW_AT_producer";
4456 case DW_AT_prototyped:
4457 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
4458 case DW_AT_return_addr:
4459 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
4460 case DW_AT_start_scope:
4461 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
4462 case DW_AT_stride_size:
4463 return "DW_AT_stride_size";
4464 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
4465 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
4466 case DW_AT_abstract_origin:
4467 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
4468 case DW_AT_accessibility:
4469 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
4470 case DW_AT_address_class:
4471 return "DW_AT_address_class";
4472 case DW_AT_artificial:
4473 return "DW_AT_artificial";
4474 case DW_AT_base_types:
4475 return "DW_AT_base_types";
4476 case DW_AT_calling_convention:
4477 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
4479 return "DW_AT_count";
4480 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
4481 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
4482 case DW_AT_decl_column:
4483 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
4484 case DW_AT_decl_file:
4485 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
4486 case DW_AT_decl_line:
4487 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
4488 case DW_AT_declaration:
4489 return "DW_AT_declaration";
4490 case DW_AT_discr_list:
4491 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
4492 case DW_AT_encoding:
4493 return "DW_AT_encoding";
4494 case DW_AT_external:
4495 return "DW_AT_external";
4496 case DW_AT_frame_base:
4497 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
4499 return "DW_AT_friend";
4500 case DW_AT_identifier_case:
4501 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
4502 case DW_AT_macro_info:
4503 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
4504 case DW_AT_namelist_items:
4505 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
4506 case DW_AT_priority:
4507 return "DW_AT_priority";
4509 return "DW_AT_segment";
4510 case DW_AT_specification:
4511 return "DW_AT_specification";
4512 case DW_AT_static_link:
4513 return "DW_AT_static_link";
4515 return "DW_AT_type";
4516 case DW_AT_use_location:
4517 return "DW_AT_use_location";
4518 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
4519 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
4520 case DW_AT_virtuality:
4521 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
4522 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
4523 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
4525 case DW_AT_allocated:
4526 return "DW_AT_allocated";
4527 case DW_AT_associated:
4528 return "DW_AT_associated";
4529 case DW_AT_data_location:
4530 return "DW_AT_data_location";
4532 return "DW_AT_stride";
4533 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
4534 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
4535 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
4536 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
4537 case DW_AT_extension:
4538 return "DW_AT_extension";
4540 return "DW_AT_ranges";
4541 case DW_AT_trampoline:
4542 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
4543 case DW_AT_call_column:
4544 return "DW_AT_call_column";
4545 case DW_AT_call_file:
4546 return "DW_AT_call_file";
4547 case DW_AT_call_line:
4548 return "DW_AT_call_line";
4550 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde:
4551 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
4552 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin:
4553 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
4554 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin:
4555 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
4556 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin:
4557 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
4558 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor:
4559 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
4560 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth:
4561 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
4562 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
4563 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
4564 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride:
4565 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
4566 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name:
4567 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
4568 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin:
4569 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
4570 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines:
4571 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
4573 case DW_AT_sf_names:
4574 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
4575 case DW_AT_src_info:
4576 return "DW_AT_src_info";
4577 case DW_AT_mac_info:
4578 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
4579 case DW_AT_src_coords:
4580 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
4581 case DW_AT_body_begin:
4582 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
4583 case DW_AT_body_end:
4584 return "DW_AT_body_end";
4585 case DW_AT_GNU_vector:
4586 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
4588 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address:
4589 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
4592 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
4596 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
4599 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form)
4604 return "DW_FORM_addr";
4605 case DW_FORM_block2:
4606 return "DW_FORM_block2";
4607 case DW_FORM_block4:
4608 return "DW_FORM_block4";
4610 return "DW_FORM_data2";
4612 return "DW_FORM_data4";
4614 return "DW_FORM_data8";
4615 case DW_FORM_string:
4616 return "DW_FORM_string";
4618 return "DW_FORM_block";
4619 case DW_FORM_block1:
4620 return "DW_FORM_block1";
4622 return "DW_FORM_data1";
4624 return "DW_FORM_flag";
4626 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
4628 return "DW_FORM_strp";
4630 return "DW_FORM_udata";
4631 case DW_FORM_ref_addr:
4632 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
4634 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
4636 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
4638 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
4640 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
4641 case DW_FORM_ref_udata:
4642 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
4643 case DW_FORM_indirect:
4644 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
4646 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4650 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4651 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4652 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4653 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4657 decl_ultimate_origin (tree decl)
4659 if (!CODE_CONTAINS_STRUCT (TREE_CODE (decl), TS_DECL_COMMON))
4662 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4663 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4664 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4665 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == decl)
4668 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4669 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4670 gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl)));
4672 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl);
4675 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a block. The block may be an inlined
4676 instance of an inlined instance of a block which is local to an inline
4677 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4678 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4682 block_ultimate_origin (tree block)
4684 tree immediate_origin = BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (block);
4686 /* output_inline_function sets BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4687 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4688 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4689 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT (block) && immediate_origin == block)
4692 if (immediate_origin == NULL_TREE)
4697 tree lookahead = immediate_origin;
4701 ret_val = lookahead;
4702 lookahead = (TREE_CODE (ret_val) == BLOCK
4703 ? BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (ret_val) : NULL);
4705 while (lookahead != NULL && lookahead != ret_val);
4707 /* The block's abstract origin chain may not be the *ultimate* origin of
4708 the block. It could lead to a DECL that has an abstract origin set.
4709 If so, we want that DECL's abstract origin (which is what DECL_ORIGIN
4710 will give us if it has one). Note that DECL's abstract origins are
4711 supposed to be the most distant ancestor (or so decl_ultimate_origin
4712 claims), so we don't need to loop following the DECL origins. */
4713 if (DECL_P (ret_val))
4714 return DECL_ORIGIN (ret_val);
4720 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
4721 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
4725 decl_class_context (tree decl)
4727 tree context = NULL_TREE;
4729 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || ! DECL_VINDEX (decl))
4730 context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
4732 context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
4733 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl)))));
4735 if (context && !TYPE_P (context))
4736 context = NULL_TREE;
4741 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. We build the lists up in reverse
4742 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
4745 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die, dw_attr_ref attr)
4747 if (die != NULL && attr != NULL)
4749 attr->dw_attr_next = die->die_attr;
4750 die->die_attr = attr;
4754 static inline enum dw_val_class
4755 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a)
4757 return a->dw_attr_val.val_class;
4760 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
4763 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int flag)
4765 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4767 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4768 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4769 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_flag;
4770 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag = flag;
4771 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4774 static inline unsigned
4775 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a)
4777 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_flag);
4778 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag;
4781 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4784 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val)
4786 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4788 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4789 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4790 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
4791 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_int = int_val;
4792 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4795 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
4796 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a)
4798 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_const);
4799 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_int;
4802 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4805 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4806 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val)
4808 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4810 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4811 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4812 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4813 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned = unsigned_val;
4814 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4817 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
4818 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a)
4820 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const);
4821 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned;
4824 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4827 add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4828 long unsigned int val_hi, long unsigned int val_low)
4830 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4832 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4833 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4834 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_long_long;
4835 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi = val_hi;
4836 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low = val_low;
4837 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4840 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
4843 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4844 unsigned int length, unsigned int elt_size, unsigned char *array)
4846 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4848 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4849 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4850 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
4851 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length = length;
4852 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size;
4853 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array = array;
4854 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4857 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
4860 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x)
4862 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node *)x)->str);
4866 debug_str_eq (const void *x1, const void *x2)
4868 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node *)x1)->str),
4869 (const char *)x2) == 0;
4872 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
4875 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *str)
4877 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4878 struct indirect_string_node *node;
4881 if (! debug_str_hash)
4882 debug_str_hash = htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash,
4883 debug_str_eq, NULL);
4885 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, str,
4886 htab_hash_string (str), INSERT);
4888 *slot = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node));
4889 node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *slot;
4890 node->str = ggc_strdup (str);
4893 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4894 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4895 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_str;
4896 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
4897 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4900 static inline const char *
4901 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a)
4903 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
4904 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str;
4907 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
4908 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
4911 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a)
4913 struct indirect_string_node *node;
4917 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
4919 node = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
4923 len = strlen (node->str) + 1;
4925 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
4926 always better to put it inline. */
4927 if (len <= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE || node->refcount == 0)
4928 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
4930 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
4931 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
4933 if ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS & SECTION_MERGE) == 0
4934 && (len - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE) * node->refcount <= len)
4935 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
4937 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LASF", dw2_string_counter);
4938 ++dw2_string_counter;
4939 node->label = xstrdup (label);
4941 return node->form = DW_FORM_strp;
4944 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4947 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_die_ref targ_die)
4949 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4951 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4952 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4953 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
4954 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = targ_die;
4955 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
4956 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4959 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
4960 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
4963 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref targ_die)
4965 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_specification, targ_die);
4966 gcc_assert (!targ_die->die_definition);
4967 targ_die->die_definition = die;
4970 static inline dw_die_ref
4971 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a)
4973 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
4974 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die;
4978 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a)
4980 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
4981 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external;
4987 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a, int i)
4989 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
4990 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = i;
4993 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4996 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int targ_fde)
4998 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5000 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5001 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5002 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_fde_ref;
5003 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index = targ_fde;
5004 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5007 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
5010 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5012 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5014 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5015 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5016 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
5017 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc = loc;
5018 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5021 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
5022 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a)
5024 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
5025 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc;
5029 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list)
5031 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5033 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5034 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5035 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc_list;
5036 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list = loc_list;
5037 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5038 have_location_lists = 1;
5041 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
5042 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a)
5044 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list);
5045 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
5048 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
5051 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, rtx addr)
5053 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5055 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5056 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5057 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
5058 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr = addr;
5059 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5063 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a)
5065 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_addr);
5066 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr;
5069 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
5072 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *lbl_id)
5074 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5076 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5077 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5078 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_id;
5079 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (lbl_id);
5080 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5083 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE. */
5086 add_AT_lbl_offset (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *label)
5088 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5090 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5091 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5092 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_offset;
5093 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
5094 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5097 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
5100 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5101 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
5103 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5105 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5106 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5107 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_offset;
5108 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
5109 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5112 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
5115 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5116 long unsigned int offset)
5118 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5120 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5121 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5122 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_range_list;
5123 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
5124 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5127 static inline const char *
5128 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a)
5130 gcc_assert (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
5131 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_offset));
5132 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id;
5135 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
5138 get_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5141 dw_die_ref spec = NULL;
5145 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5146 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
5148 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
5149 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_abstract_origin)
5153 return get_AT (spec, attr_kind);
5159 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5160 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5161 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5163 static inline const char *
5164 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die)
5166 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_low_pc);
5168 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
5171 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5172 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5173 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5175 static inline const char *
5176 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die)
5178 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_high_pc);
5180 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
5183 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
5184 NULL if it is not present. */
5186 static inline const char *
5187 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5189 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5191 return a ? AT_string (a) : NULL;
5194 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
5195 if it is not present. */
5198 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5200 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5202 return a ? AT_flag (a) : 0;
5205 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
5206 if it is not present. */
5208 static inline unsigned
5209 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5211 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5213 return a ? AT_unsigned (a) : 0;
5216 static inline dw_die_ref
5217 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5219 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5221 return a ? AT_ref (a) : NULL;
5224 /* Return TRUE if the language is C or C++. */
5229 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5231 return (lang == DW_LANG_C || lang == DW_LANG_C89
5232 || lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus);
5235 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
5240 return (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language)
5241 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus);
5244 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
5249 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5251 return (lang == DW_LANG_Fortran77
5252 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran90
5253 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran95);
5256 /* Return TRUE if the language is Java. */
5261 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5263 return lang == DW_LANG_Java;
5266 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
5271 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5273 return lang == DW_LANG_Ada95 || lang == DW_LANG_Ada83;
5276 /* Free up the memory used by A. */
5278 static inline void free_AT (dw_attr_ref);
5280 free_AT (dw_attr_ref a)
5282 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
5283 if (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount)
5284 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount--;
5287 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
5290 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5293 dw_attr_ref removed = NULL;
5297 for (p = &(die->die_attr); *p; p = &((*p)->dw_attr_next))
5298 if ((*p)->dw_attr == attr_kind)
5301 *p = (*p)->dw_attr_next;
5310 /* Remove child die whose die_tag is specified tag. */
5313 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_tag tag)
5315 dw_die_ref current, prev, next;
5316 current = die->die_child;
5318 while (current != NULL)
5320 if (current->die_tag == tag)
5322 next = current->die_sib;
5324 die->die_child = next;
5326 prev->die_sib = next;
5333 current = current->die_sib;
5338 /* Free up the memory used by DIE. */
5341 free_die (dw_die_ref die)
5343 remove_children (die);
5346 /* Discard the children of this DIE. */
5349 remove_children (dw_die_ref die)
5351 dw_die_ref child_die = die->die_child;
5353 die->die_child = NULL;
5355 while (child_die != NULL)
5357 dw_die_ref tmp_die = child_die;
5360 child_die = child_die->die_sib;
5362 for (a = tmp_die->die_attr; a != NULL;)
5364 dw_attr_ref tmp_a = a;
5366 a = a->dw_attr_next;
5374 /* Add a child DIE below its parent. We build the lists up in reverse
5375 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
5378 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref child_die)
5380 if (die != NULL && child_die != NULL)
5382 gcc_assert (die != child_die);
5384 child_die->die_parent = die;
5385 child_die->die_sib = die->die_child;
5386 die->die_child = child_die;
5390 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
5391 is the specification, to the front of PARENT's list of children. */
5394 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent, dw_die_ref child)
5398 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
5399 specification DIE at toplevel. */
5400 if (child->die_parent != parent)
5402 dw_die_ref tmp = get_AT_ref (child, DW_AT_specification);
5408 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == parent
5409 || (child->die_parent
5410 == get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification)));
5412 for (p = &(child->die_parent->die_child); *p; p = &((*p)->die_sib))
5415 *p = child->die_sib;
5419 child->die_parent = parent;
5420 child->die_sib = parent->die_child;
5421 parent->die_child = child;
5424 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
5426 static inline dw_die_ref
5427 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value, dw_die_ref parent_die, tree t)
5429 dw_die_ref die = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (die_node));
5431 die->die_tag = tag_value;
5433 if (parent_die != NULL)
5434 add_child_die (parent_die, die);
5437 limbo_die_node *limbo_node;
5439 limbo_node = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (limbo_die_node));
5440 limbo_node->die = die;
5441 limbo_node->created_for = t;
5442 limbo_node->next = limbo_die_list;
5443 limbo_die_list = limbo_node;
5449 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
5451 static inline dw_die_ref
5452 lookup_type_die (tree type)
5454 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type);
5457 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
5460 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type, dw_die_ref type_die)
5462 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type) = type_die;
5465 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
5468 decl_die_table_hash (const void *x)
5470 return (hashval_t) ((const dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id;
5473 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
5476 decl_die_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
5478 return (((const dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const tree) y));
5481 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
5483 static inline dw_die_ref
5484 lookup_decl_die (tree decl)
5486 return htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
5489 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
5492 decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x)
5494 return (hashval_t) ((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id;
5497 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
5501 decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
5503 return (((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const tree) y));
5506 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
5508 static inline var_loc_list *
5509 lookup_decl_loc (tree decl)
5511 return htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
5514 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
5517 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref decl_die)
5519 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
5522 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
5524 decl_die->decl_id = decl_id;
5527 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
5530 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl, struct var_loc_node *loc)
5532 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
5536 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
5539 temp = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (var_loc_list));
5540 temp->decl_id = decl_id;
5548 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
5549 we have nothing to do. */
5550 if (!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp->last->var_loc_note),
5551 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc->var_loc_note)))
5553 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. */
5554 temp->last->next = loc;
5558 /* Do not add empty location to the beginning of the list. */
5559 else if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
5566 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
5567 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
5568 the DIE internal representation. */
5569 static int print_indent;
5571 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
5574 print_spaces (FILE *outfile)
5576 fprintf (outfile, "%*s", print_indent, "");
5579 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
5580 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5583 print_die (dw_die_ref die, FILE *outfile)
5588 print_spaces (outfile);
5589 fprintf (outfile, "DIE %4lu: %s\n",
5590 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
5591 print_spaces (outfile);
5592 fprintf (outfile, " abbrev id: %lu", die->die_abbrev);
5593 fprintf (outfile, " offset: %lu\n", die->die_offset);
5595 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5597 print_spaces (outfile);
5598 fprintf (outfile, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
5600 switch (AT_class (a))
5602 case dw_val_class_addr:
5603 fprintf (outfile, "address");
5605 case dw_val_class_offset:
5606 fprintf (outfile, "offset");
5608 case dw_val_class_loc:
5609 fprintf (outfile, "location descriptor");
5611 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
5612 fprintf (outfile, "location list -> label:%s",
5613 AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol);
5615 case dw_val_class_range_list:
5616 fprintf (outfile, "range list");
5618 case dw_val_class_const:
5619 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, AT_int (a));
5621 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5622 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED, AT_unsigned (a));
5624 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5625 fprintf (outfile, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
5626 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi,
5627 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low);
5629 case dw_val_class_vec:
5630 fprintf (outfile, "floating-point or vector constant");
5632 case dw_val_class_flag:
5633 fprintf (outfile, "%u", AT_flag (a));
5635 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5636 if (AT_ref (a) != NULL)
5638 if (AT_ref (a)->die_symbol)
5639 fprintf (outfile, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a)->die_symbol);
5641 fprintf (outfile, "die -> %lu", AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
5644 fprintf (outfile, "die -> <null>");
5646 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5647 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5648 fprintf (outfile, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a));
5650 case dw_val_class_str:
5651 if (AT_string (a) != NULL)
5652 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a));
5654 fprintf (outfile, "<null>");
5660 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5663 if (die->die_child != NULL)
5666 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5667 print_die (c, outfile);
5671 if (print_indent == 0)
5672 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5675 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
5676 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5679 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile)
5682 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
5684 fprintf (outfile, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
5685 for (i = 1; i < line_info_table_in_use; i++)
5687 line_info = &line_info_table[i];
5688 fprintf (outfile, "%5d: ", i);
5689 fprintf (outfile, "%-20s",
5690 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, line_info->dw_file_num));
5691 fprintf (outfile, "%6ld", line_info->dw_line_num);
5692 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5695 fprintf (outfile, "\n\n");
5698 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
5701 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die)
5703 print_die (die, stderr);
5706 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
5707 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5713 print_die (comp_unit_die, stderr);
5714 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
5715 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr);
5718 /* We build up the lists of children and attributes by pushing new ones
5719 onto the beginning of the list. Reverse the lists for DIE so that
5720 they are in order of addition. */
5723 reverse_die_lists (dw_die_ref die)
5725 dw_die_ref c, cp, cn;
5726 dw_attr_ref a, ap, an;
5728 for (a = die->die_attr, ap = 0; a; a = an)
5730 an = a->dw_attr_next;
5731 a->dw_attr_next = ap;
5737 for (c = die->die_child, cp = 0; c; c = cn)
5744 die->die_child = cp;
5747 /* reverse_die_lists only reverses the single die you pass it. Since we used to
5748 reverse all dies in add_sibling_attributes, which runs through all the dies,
5749 it would reverse all the dies. Now, however, since we don't call
5750 reverse_die_lists in add_sibling_attributes, we need a routine to
5751 recursively reverse all the dies. This is that routine. */
5754 reverse_all_dies (dw_die_ref die)
5758 reverse_die_lists (die);
5760 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5761 reverse_all_dies (c);
5764 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
5765 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
5766 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
5769 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit, dw_die_ref bincl_die)
5771 const char *filename = get_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name);
5772 dw_die_ref new_unit = gen_compile_unit_die (filename);
5774 new_unit->die_sib = old_unit;
5778 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
5781 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit)
5783 dw_die_ref new_unit = old_unit->die_sib;
5785 old_unit->die_sib = NULL;
5789 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5790 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
5792 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5795 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
5797 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_opc);
5798 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
5799 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
5802 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5805 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
5807 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5810 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr);
5812 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5813 if (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file
5814 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5815 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5816 || at->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
5819 switch (AT_class (at))
5821 case dw_val_class_const:
5822 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
5824 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5825 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
5827 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5828 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long);
5830 case dw_val_class_vec:
5831 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec);
5833 case dw_val_class_flag:
5834 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag);
5836 case dw_val_class_str:
5837 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
5840 case dw_val_class_addr:
5842 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF);
5843 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
5846 case dw_val_class_offset:
5847 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
5850 case dw_val_class_loc:
5851 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
5852 loc_checksum (loc, ctx);
5855 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5856 die_checksum (AT_ref (at), ctx, mark);
5859 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
5860 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5861 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5869 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
5872 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
5877 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5880 CHECKSUM (die->die_mark);
5883 die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
5885 CHECKSUM (die->die_tag);
5887 for (a = die->die_attr; a; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5888 attr_checksum (a, ctx, mark);
5890 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5891 die_checksum (c, ctx, mark);
5895 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
5897 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
5899 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2, int *mark)
5901 return loc1->dw_loc_opc == loc2->dw_loc_opc
5902 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd1, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd1, mark)
5903 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd2, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd2, mark);
5906 /* Do the values look the same? */
5908 same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node *v1, dw_val_node *v2, int *mark)
5910 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, loc2;
5913 if (v1->val_class != v2->val_class)
5916 switch (v1->val_class)
5918 case dw_val_class_const:
5919 return v1->v.val_int == v2->v.val_int;
5920 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5921 return v1->v.val_unsigned == v2->v.val_unsigned;
5922 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5923 return v1->v.val_long_long.hi == v2->v.val_long_long.hi
5924 && v1->v.val_long_long.low == v2->v.val_long_long.low;
5925 case dw_val_class_vec:
5926 if (v1->v.val_vec.length != v2->v.val_vec.length
5927 || v1->v.val_vec.elt_size != v2->v.val_vec.elt_size)
5929 if (memcmp (v1->v.val_vec.array, v2->v.val_vec.array,
5930 v1->v.val_vec.length * v1->v.val_vec.elt_size))
5933 case dw_val_class_flag:
5934 return v1->v.val_flag == v2->v.val_flag;
5935 case dw_val_class_str:
5936 return !strcmp(v1->v.val_str->str, v2->v.val_str->str);
5938 case dw_val_class_addr:
5939 r1 = v1->v.val_addr;
5940 r2 = v2->v.val_addr;
5941 if (GET_CODE (r1) != GET_CODE (r2))
5943 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r1) == SYMBOL_REF);
5944 return !strcmp (XSTR (r1, 0), XSTR (r2, 0));
5946 case dw_val_class_offset:
5947 return v1->v.val_offset == v2->v.val_offset;
5949 case dw_val_class_loc:
5950 for (loc1 = v1->v.val_loc, loc2 = v2->v.val_loc;
5952 loc1 = loc1->dw_loc_next, loc2 = loc2->dw_loc_next)
5953 if (!same_loc_p (loc1, loc2, mark))
5955 return !loc1 && !loc2;
5957 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5958 return same_die_p (v1->v.val_die_ref.die, v2->v.val_die_ref.die, mark);
5960 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
5961 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5962 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5970 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
5973 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1, dw_attr_ref at2, int *mark)
5975 if (at1->dw_attr != at2->dw_attr)
5978 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5979 if (at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file
5980 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5981 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5982 || at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
5985 return same_dw_val_p (&at1->dw_attr_val, &at2->dw_attr_val, mark);
5988 /* Do the dies look the same? */
5991 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2, int *mark)
5996 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5998 return die1->die_mark == die2->die_mark;
5999 die1->die_mark = die2->die_mark = ++(*mark);
6001 if (die1->die_tag != die2->die_tag)
6004 for (a1 = die1->die_attr, a2 = die2->die_attr;
6006 a1 = a1->dw_attr_next, a2 = a2->dw_attr_next)
6007 if (!same_attr_p (a1, a2, mark))
6012 for (c1 = die1->die_child, c2 = die2->die_child;
6014 c1 = c1->die_sib, c2 = c2->die_sib)
6015 if (!same_die_p (c1, c2, mark))
6023 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
6026 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2)
6029 int ret = same_die_p (die1, die2, &mark);
6031 unmark_all_dies (die1);
6032 unmark_all_dies (die2);
6037 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
6039 static char *comdat_symbol_id;
6041 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
6042 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number;
6044 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
6045 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
6048 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die)
6050 const char *die_name = get_AT_string (unit_die, DW_AT_name);
6051 const char *base = die_name ? lbasename (die_name) : "anonymous";
6052 char *name = alloca (strlen (base) + 64);
6055 unsigned char checksum[16];
6058 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
6059 the name filename of the unit. */
6061 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
6063 die_checksum (unit_die, &ctx, &mark);
6064 unmark_all_dies (unit_die);
6065 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
6067 sprintf (name, "%s.", base);
6068 clean_symbol_name (name);
6070 p = name + strlen (name);
6071 for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
6073 sprintf (p, "%.2x", checksum[i]);
6077 comdat_symbol_id = unit_die->die_symbol = xstrdup (name);
6078 comdat_symbol_number = 0;
6081 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
6084 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die)
6086 switch (die->die_tag)
6088 case DW_TAG_array_type:
6089 case DW_TAG_class_type:
6090 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
6091 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
6092 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
6093 case DW_TAG_string_type:
6094 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
6095 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
6096 case DW_TAG_union_type:
6097 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
6098 case DW_TAG_set_type:
6099 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
6100 case DW_TAG_base_type:
6101 case DW_TAG_const_type:
6102 case DW_TAG_file_type:
6103 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
6104 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
6105 case DW_TAG_typedef:
6112 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
6113 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
6114 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
6115 compilations (functions). */
6118 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c)
6120 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
6121 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
6122 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
6123 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
6125 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
6128 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
6129 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
6130 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_const_type
6131 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_volatile_type)
6133 dw_die_ref t = get_AT_ref (c, DW_AT_type);
6135 return t ? is_comdat_die (t) : 0;
6138 return is_type_die (c);
6141 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
6142 compilation unit. */
6145 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c)
6147 return (is_type_die (c)
6148 || (get_AT (c, DW_AT_declaration)
6149 && !get_AT (c, DW_AT_specification)));
6153 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix)
6157 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, label_num++);
6158 return xstrdup (buf);
6161 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
6164 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die)
6168 if (is_symbol_die (die))
6170 if (comdat_symbol_id)
6172 char *p = alloca (strlen (comdat_symbol_id) + 64);
6174 sprintf (p, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX,
6175 comdat_symbol_id, comdat_symbol_number++);
6176 die->die_symbol = xstrdup (p);
6179 die->die_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
6182 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6183 assign_symbol_names (c);
6186 struct cu_hash_table_entry
6189 unsigned min_comdat_num, max_comdat_num;
6190 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next;
6193 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
6195 htab_cu_hash (const void *of)
6197 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *entry = of;
6199 return htab_hash_string (entry->cu->die_symbol);
6203 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
6205 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *entry1 = of1;
6206 const struct die_struct *entry2 = of2;
6208 return !strcmp (entry1->cu->die_symbol, entry2->die_symbol);
6212 htab_cu_del (void *what)
6214 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next, *entry = what;
6224 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
6227 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int *sym_num)
6229 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy;
6230 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry, *last = &dummy;
6232 dummy.max_comdat_num = 0;
6234 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
6235 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_symbol),
6239 for (; entry; last = entry, entry = entry->next)
6241 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu, entry->cu))
6247 *sym_num = entry->min_comdat_num;
6251 entry = xcalloc (1, sizeof (struct cu_hash_table_entry));
6253 entry->min_comdat_num = *sym_num = last->max_comdat_num;
6254 entry->next = *slot;
6260 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
6262 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int sym_num)
6264 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry;
6266 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
6267 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_symbol),
6271 entry->max_comdat_num = sym_num;
6274 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
6275 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
6276 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
6279 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die)
6282 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
6283 limbo_die_node *node, **pnode;
6284 htab_t cu_hash_table;
6286 for (ptr = &(die->die_child); *ptr;)
6288 dw_die_ref c = *ptr;
6290 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
6291 || (unit && is_comdat_die (c)))
6293 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
6296 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL)
6298 unit = push_new_compile_unit (unit, c);
6301 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL)
6303 unit = pop_compile_unit (unit);
6307 add_child_die (unit, c);
6311 /* Leave this DIE in the main CU. */
6312 ptr = &(c->die_sib);
6318 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
6319 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
6323 assign_symbol_names (die);
6324 cu_hash_table = htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash, htab_cu_eq, htab_cu_del);
6325 for (node = limbo_die_list, pnode = &limbo_die_list;
6331 compute_section_prefix (node->die);
6332 is_dupl = check_duplicate_cu (node->die, cu_hash_table,
6333 &comdat_symbol_number);
6334 assign_symbol_names (node->die);
6336 *pnode = node->next;
6339 pnode = &node->next;
6340 record_comdat_symbol_number (node->die, cu_hash_table,
6341 comdat_symbol_number);
6344 htab_delete (cu_hash_table);
6347 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
6348 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
6349 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
6352 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die)
6356 if (die->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
6357 && die->die_sib && die->die_child != NULL)
6358 /* Add the sibling link to the front of the attribute list. */
6359 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_sibling, die->die_sib);
6361 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6362 add_sibling_attributes (c);
6365 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
6368 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die)
6373 for (d_attr = die->die_attr; d_attr; d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next)
6374 if (AT_class (d_attr) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
6375 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (d_attr));
6377 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6378 output_location_lists (c);
6382 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
6383 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
6384 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
6385 die are visited recursively. */
6388 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die)
6390 unsigned long abbrev_id;
6391 unsigned int n_alloc;
6393 dw_attr_ref d_attr, a_attr;
6395 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
6396 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
6397 for (d_attr = die->die_attr; d_attr; d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next)
6398 if (AT_class (d_attr) == dw_val_class_die_ref
6399 && AT_ref (d_attr)->die_mark == 0)
6401 gcc_assert (AT_ref (d_attr)->die_symbol);
6403 set_AT_ref_external (d_attr, 1);
6406 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
6408 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
6410 if (abbrev->die_tag == die->die_tag)
6412 if ((abbrev->die_child != NULL) == (die->die_child != NULL))
6414 a_attr = abbrev->die_attr;
6415 d_attr = die->die_attr;
6417 while (a_attr != NULL && d_attr != NULL)
6419 if ((a_attr->dw_attr != d_attr->dw_attr)
6420 || (value_format (a_attr) != value_format (d_attr)))
6423 a_attr = a_attr->dw_attr_next;
6424 d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next;
6427 if (a_attr == NULL && d_attr == NULL)
6433 if (abbrev_id >= abbrev_die_table_in_use)
6435 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use >= abbrev_die_table_allocated)
6437 n_alloc = abbrev_die_table_allocated + ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
6438 abbrev_die_table = ggc_realloc (abbrev_die_table,
6439 sizeof (dw_die_ref) * n_alloc);
6441 memset (&abbrev_die_table[abbrev_die_table_allocated], 0,
6442 (n_alloc - abbrev_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
6443 abbrev_die_table_allocated = n_alloc;
6446 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use;
6447 abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id] = die;
6450 die->die_abbrev = abbrev_id;
6451 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6452 build_abbrev_table (c);
6455 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
6458 constant_size (long unsigned int value)
6465 log = floor_log2 (value);
6468 log = 1 << (floor_log2 (log) + 1);
6473 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
6474 .debug_info section. */
6476 static unsigned long
6477 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die)
6479 unsigned long size = 0;
6482 size += size_of_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev);
6483 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
6485 switch (AT_class (a))
6487 case dw_val_class_addr:
6488 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6490 case dw_val_class_offset:
6491 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6493 case dw_val_class_loc:
6495 unsigned long lsize = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
6498 size += constant_size (lsize);
6502 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6503 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6505 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6506 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6508 case dw_val_class_const:
6509 size += size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a));
6511 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6512 size += constant_size (AT_unsigned (a));
6514 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6515 size += 1 + 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR; /* block */
6517 case dw_val_class_vec:
6518 size += 1 + (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
6519 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size); /* block */
6521 case dw_val_class_flag:
6524 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6525 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6526 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6528 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6530 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6531 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6533 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6534 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6536 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
6537 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6539 case dw_val_class_str:
6540 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
6541 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6543 size += strlen (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str) + 1;
6553 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
6554 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
6555 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
6556 die_offset field in each DIE. */
6559 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die)
6563 die->die_offset = next_die_offset;
6564 next_die_offset += size_of_die (die);
6566 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6569 if (die->die_child != NULL)
6570 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
6571 next_die_offset += 1;
6574 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
6575 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
6576 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
6577 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
6580 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6584 gcc_assert (!die->die_mark);
6587 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
6591 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
6594 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6598 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
6601 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
6605 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
6608 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6617 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
6618 unmark_all_dies (c);
6620 for (a = die->die_attr; a; a = a->dw_attr_next)
6621 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
6622 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a));
6625 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames table generated for the
6626 compilation unit. */
6628 static unsigned long
6629 size_of_pubnames (void)
6634 size = DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE;
6635 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
6637 pubname_ref p = &pubname_table[i];
6638 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + strlen (p->name) + 1;
6641 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6645 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
6647 static unsigned long
6648 size_of_aranges (void)
6652 size = DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE;
6654 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
6655 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6656 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * arange_table_in_use;
6658 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
6659 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6663 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
6665 static enum dwarf_form
6666 value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
6668 switch (a->dw_attr_val.val_class)
6670 case dw_val_class_addr:
6671 return DW_FORM_addr;
6672 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6673 case dw_val_class_offset:
6674 switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
6677 return DW_FORM_data4;
6679 return DW_FORM_data8;
6683 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6684 /* FIXME: Could be DW_FORM_data8, with a > 32 bit size
6685 .debug_loc section */
6686 return DW_FORM_data4;
6687 case dw_val_class_loc:
6688 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a))))
6691 return DW_FORM_block1;
6693 return DW_FORM_block2;
6697 case dw_val_class_const:
6698 return DW_FORM_sdata;
6699 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6700 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)))
6703 return DW_FORM_data1;
6705 return DW_FORM_data2;
6707 return DW_FORM_data4;
6709 return DW_FORM_data8;
6713 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6714 return DW_FORM_block1;
6715 case dw_val_class_vec:
6716 return DW_FORM_block1;
6717 case dw_val_class_flag:
6718 return DW_FORM_flag;
6719 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6720 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6721 return DW_FORM_ref_addr;
6724 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6725 return DW_FORM_data;
6726 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6727 return DW_FORM_addr;
6728 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
6729 return DW_FORM_data;
6730 case dw_val_class_str:
6731 return AT_string_form (a);
6738 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
6741 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
6743 enum dwarf_form form = value_format (a);
6745 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form));
6748 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
6752 output_abbrev_section (void)
6754 unsigned long abbrev_id;
6758 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
6760 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
6762 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id, "(abbrev code)");
6763 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev->die_tag, "(TAG: %s)",
6764 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev->die_tag));
6766 if (abbrev->die_child != NULL)
6767 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes, "DW_children_yes");
6769 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no, "DW_children_no");
6771 for (a_attr = abbrev->die_attr; a_attr != NULL;
6772 a_attr = a_attr->dw_attr_next)
6774 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr->dw_attr, "(%s)",
6775 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr->dw_attr));
6776 output_value_format (a_attr);
6779 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6780 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6783 /* Terminate the table. */
6784 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6787 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
6790 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die)
6792 char *sym = die->die_symbol;
6797 if (strncmp (sym, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX) - 1) == 0)
6798 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
6799 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
6801 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file, sym);
6803 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym);
6806 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
6807 expression. gensym tells us whether to generate a new internal symbol for
6808 this location list node, which is done for the head of the list only. */
6810 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
6811 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr, const char *begin, const char *end,
6812 const char *section, unsigned int gensym)
6814 dw_loc_list_ref retlist = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_list_node));
6816 retlist->begin = begin;
6818 retlist->expr = expr;
6819 retlist->section = section;
6821 retlist->ll_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
6826 /* Add a location description expression to a location list. */
6829 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr,
6830 const char *begin, const char *end,
6831 const char *section)
6835 /* Find the end of the chain. */
6836 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
6839 /* Add a new location list node to the list. */
6840 *d = new_loc_list (descr, begin, end, section, 0);
6844 dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void)
6850 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
6851 fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = true;
6852 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = cfun->hot_section_label;
6853 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = cfun->hot_section_end_label;
6854 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = cfun->cold_section_label;
6855 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = cfun->cold_section_end_label;
6856 have_switched_text_section = true;
6859 /* Output the location list given to us. */
6862 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head)
6864 dw_loc_list_ref curr = list_head;
6866 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, list_head->ll_symbol);
6868 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
6869 for (curr = list_head; curr != NULL; curr = curr->dw_loc_next)
6872 if (!separate_line_info_table_in_use && !have_switched_text_section)
6874 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin, curr->section,
6875 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6876 list_head->ll_symbol);
6877 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end, curr->section,
6878 "Location list end address (%s)",
6879 list_head->ll_symbol);
6883 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin,
6884 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6885 list_head->ll_symbol);
6886 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end,
6887 "Location list end address (%s)",
6888 list_head->ll_symbol);
6890 size = size_of_locs (curr->expr);
6892 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6893 gcc_assert (size <= 0xffff);
6894 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size, "%s", "Location expression size");
6896 output_loc_sequence (curr->expr);
6899 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
6900 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
6901 list_head->ll_symbol);
6902 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
6903 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
6904 list_head->ll_symbol);
6907 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
6908 the definitions of each child DIE. */
6911 output_die (dw_die_ref die)
6917 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
6918 them to point to. */
6919 if (die->die_symbol)
6920 output_die_symbol (die);
6922 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
6923 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
6925 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
6927 const char *name = dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr);
6929 switch (AT_class (a))
6931 case dw_val_class_addr:
6932 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_addr (a), "%s", name);
6935 case dw_val_class_offset:
6936 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset,
6940 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6942 char *p = strchr (ranges_section_label, '\0');
6944 sprintf (p, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
6945 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
6946 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, ranges_section_label,
6952 case dw_val_class_loc:
6953 size = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
6955 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6956 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size), size, "%s", name);
6958 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a));
6961 case dw_val_class_const:
6962 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
6963 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
6964 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
6965 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a), "%s", name);
6968 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6969 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)),
6970 AT_unsigned (a), "%s", name);
6973 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6975 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
6977 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
6978 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
6981 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
6983 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
6984 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
6988 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
6989 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
6992 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
6993 first, "long long constant");
6994 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
6999 case dw_val_class_vec:
7001 unsigned int elt_size = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size;
7002 unsigned int len = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length;
7006 dw2_asm_output_data (1, len * elt_size, "%s", name);
7007 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
7012 for (i = 0, p = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array;
7015 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
7016 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
7020 case dw_val_class_flag:
7021 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a), "%s", name);
7024 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
7026 char *sym = AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol;
7029 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, sym, "%s", name);
7033 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
7034 if (AT_ref_external (a))
7036 char *sym = AT_ref (a)->die_symbol;
7039 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, sym, "%s", name);
7043 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
7044 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_ref (a)->die_offset,
7049 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
7053 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_LABEL,
7054 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index * 2);
7055 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l1, "%s", name);
7059 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
7060 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
7063 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
7064 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
7067 case dw_val_class_str:
7068 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
7069 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
7070 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->label,
7071 "%s: \"%s\"", name, AT_string (a));
7073 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a), -1, "%s", name);
7081 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
7084 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
7085 if (die->die_child != NULL)
7086 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
7090 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
7091 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
7094 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
7096 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7097 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7098 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7099 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
7100 next_die_offset - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE,
7101 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
7102 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF version number");
7103 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, abbrev_section_label,
7104 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
7105 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
7108 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
7111 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die, int output_if_empty)
7113 const char *secname;
7116 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
7117 if (!output_if_empty && die->die_child == NULL)
7120 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
7121 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
7122 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
7123 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
7124 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
7127 build_abbrev_table (die);
7129 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
7130 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
7131 calc_die_sizes (die);
7133 oldsym = die->die_symbol;
7136 tmp = alloca (strlen (oldsym) + 24);
7138 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym);
7140 die->die_symbol = NULL;
7143 secname = (const char *) DEBUG_INFO_SECTION;
7145 /* Output debugging information. */
7146 named_section_flags (secname, SECTION_DEBUG);
7147 output_compilation_unit_header ();
7150 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
7155 die->die_symbol = oldsym;
7159 /* The DWARF2 pubname for a nested thingy looks like "A::f". The
7160 output of lang_hooks.decl_printable_name for C++ looks like
7161 "A::f(int)". Let's drop the argument list, and maybe the scope. */
7164 dwarf2_name (tree decl, int scope)
7166 return lang_hooks.decl_printable_name (decl, scope ? 1 : 0);
7169 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
7172 add_pubname (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
7176 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
7179 if (pubname_table_in_use == pubname_table_allocated)
7181 pubname_table_allocated += PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7183 = ggc_realloc (pubname_table,
7184 (pubname_table_allocated * sizeof (pubname_entry)));
7185 memset (pubname_table + pubname_table_in_use, 0,
7186 PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (pubname_entry));
7189 p = &pubname_table[pubname_table_in_use++];
7191 p->name = xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl, 1));
7194 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
7195 visible names. For now, only generate entries for externally
7196 visible procedures. */
7199 output_pubnames (void)
7202 unsigned long pubnames_length = size_of_pubnames ();
7204 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7205 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7206 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7207 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
7208 "Length of Public Names Info");
7209 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7210 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
7211 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7212 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset,
7213 "Compilation Unit Length");
7215 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
7217 pubname_ref pub = &pubname_table[i];
7219 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7220 gcc_assert (pub->die->die_mark);
7222 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pub->die->die_offset,
7225 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub->name, -1, "external name");
7228 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7231 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
7234 add_arange (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
7236 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
7239 if (arange_table_in_use == arange_table_allocated)
7241 arange_table_allocated += ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7242 arange_table = ggc_realloc (arange_table,
7243 (arange_table_allocated
7244 * sizeof (dw_die_ref)));
7245 memset (arange_table + arange_table_in_use, 0,
7246 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
7249 arange_table[arange_table_in_use++] = die;
7252 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
7253 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
7254 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
7257 output_aranges (void)
7260 unsigned long aranges_length = size_of_aranges ();
7262 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7263 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7264 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7265 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, aranges_length,
7266 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
7267 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7268 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
7269 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7270 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Size of Address");
7271 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
7273 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
7274 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE)
7276 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
7278 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
7279 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7280 for (i = 2; i < (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE; i += 2)
7281 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL);
7284 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_section_label, "Address");
7285 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label,
7286 text_section_label, "Length");
7287 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
7289 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_text_section_label,
7291 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_end_label,
7292 cold_text_section_label, "Length");
7295 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
7297 dw_die_ref die = arange_table[i];
7299 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7300 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
7302 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
7304 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_low_pc (die),
7306 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_hi_pc (die),
7307 get_AT_low_pc (die), "Length");
7311 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
7312 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
7313 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
7314 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_location);
7315 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
7317 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
7320 gcc_assert (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr);
7322 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
7323 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, "Address");
7324 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
7325 get_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size),
7330 /* Output the terminator words. */
7331 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7332 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7335 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
7339 add_ranges (tree block)
7341 unsigned int in_use = ranges_table_in_use;
7343 if (in_use == ranges_table_allocated)
7345 ranges_table_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7347 = ggc_realloc (ranges_table, (ranges_table_allocated
7348 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct)));
7349 memset (ranges_table + ranges_table_in_use, 0,
7350 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct));
7353 ranges_table[in_use].block_num = (block ? BLOCK_NUMBER (block) : 0);
7354 ranges_table_in_use = in_use + 1;
7356 return in_use * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
7360 output_ranges (void)
7363 static const char *const start_fmt = "Offset 0x%x";
7364 const char *fmt = start_fmt;
7366 for (i = 0; i < ranges_table_in_use; i++)
7368 int block_num = ranges_table[i].block_num;
7372 char blabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7373 char elabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7375 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, block_num);
7376 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel, BLOCK_END_LABEL, block_num);
7378 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
7379 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
7380 base of the text section. */
7381 if (!separate_line_info_table_in_use && !have_switched_text_section)
7383 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
7385 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7386 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel,
7387 text_section_label, NULL);
7390 /* Otherwise, we add a DW_AT_entry_pc attribute to force the
7391 compilation unit base address to zero, which allows us to
7392 use absolute addresses, and not worry about whether the
7393 target supports cross-section arithmetic. */
7396 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
7397 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7398 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel, NULL);
7405 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7406 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7412 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
7415 char *path; /* Complete file name. */
7416 char *fname; /* File name part. */
7417 int length; /* Length of entire string. */
7418 int file_idx; /* Index in input file table. */
7419 int dir_idx; /* Index in directory table. */
7422 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
7426 char *path; /* Path including directory name. */
7427 int length; /* Path length. */
7428 int prefix; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
7429 int count; /* Number of files in this directory. */
7430 int dir_idx; /* Index of directory used as base. */
7431 int used; /* Used in the end? */
7434 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
7435 the directories in the path. */
7438 file_info_cmp (const void *p1, const void *p2)
7440 const struct file_info *s1 = p1;
7441 const struct file_info *s2 = p2;
7445 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
7446 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
7447 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
7448 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
7449 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
7450 if ((s1->path == s1->fname || s2->path == s2->fname))
7451 return (s2->path == s2->fname) - (s1->path == s1->fname);
7453 cp1 = (unsigned char *) s1->path;
7454 cp2 = (unsigned char *) s2->path;
7460 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
7461 if ((cp1 == (unsigned char *) s1->fname)
7462 || (cp2 == (unsigned char *) s2->fname))
7463 return ((cp2 == (unsigned char *) s2->fname)
7464 - (cp1 == (unsigned char *) s1->fname));
7466 /* Character of current path component the same? */
7467 else if (*cp1 != *cp2)
7472 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
7473 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
7474 slowdowns with many input files. */
7477 output_file_names (void)
7479 struct file_info *files;
7480 struct dir_info *dirs;
7489 /* Handle the case where file_table is empty. */
7490 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) <= 1)
7492 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7493 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7497 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
7498 files = alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) * sizeof (struct file_info));
7499 dirs = alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) * sizeof (struct dir_info));
7501 /* Sort the file names. */
7502 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7506 /* Skip all leading "./". */
7507 f = VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i);
7508 while (f[0] == '.' && f[1] == '/')
7511 /* Create a new array entry. */
7513 files[i].length = strlen (f);
7514 files[i].file_idx = i;
7516 /* Search for the file name part. */
7517 f = strrchr (f, '/');
7518 files[i].fname = f == NULL ? files[i].path : f + 1;
7521 qsort (files + 1, VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) - 1,
7522 sizeof (files[0]), file_info_cmp);
7524 /* Find all the different directories used. */
7525 dirs[0].path = files[1].path;
7526 dirs[0].length = files[1].fname - files[1].path;
7527 dirs[0].prefix = -1;
7529 dirs[0].dir_idx = 0;
7531 files[1].dir_idx = 0;
7534 for (i = 2; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7535 if (files[i].fname - files[i].path == dirs[ndirs - 1].length
7536 && memcmp (dirs[ndirs - 1].path, files[i].path,
7537 dirs[ndirs - 1].length) == 0)
7539 /* Same directory as last entry. */
7540 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs - 1;
7541 ++dirs[ndirs - 1].count;
7547 /* This is a new directory. */
7548 dirs[ndirs].path = files[i].path;
7549 dirs[ndirs].length = files[i].fname - files[i].path;
7550 dirs[ndirs].count = 1;
7551 dirs[ndirs].dir_idx = ndirs;
7552 dirs[ndirs].used = 0;
7553 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs;
7555 /* Search for a prefix. */
7556 dirs[ndirs].prefix = -1;
7557 for (j = 0; j < ndirs; j++)
7558 if (dirs[j].length < dirs[ndirs].length
7559 && dirs[j].length > 1
7560 && (dirs[ndirs].prefix == -1
7561 || dirs[j].length > dirs[dirs[ndirs].prefix].length)
7562 && memcmp (dirs[j].path, dirs[ndirs].path, dirs[j].length) == 0)
7563 dirs[ndirs].prefix = j;
7568 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
7569 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
7570 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
7571 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
7572 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
7573 results in most cases and never is much off. */
7574 saved = alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
7575 savehere = alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
7577 memset (saved, '\0', ndirs * sizeof (saved[0]));
7578 for (i = 0; i < ndirs; i++)
7583 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
7584 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
7585 savehere[i] = dirs[i].length;
7586 total = (savehere[i] - saved[i]) * dirs[i].count;
7588 for (j = i + 1; j < ndirs; j++)
7591 if (saved[j] < dirs[i].length)
7593 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
7598 while (k != -1 && k != (int) i)
7603 /* Yes it is. We can possibly safe some memory but
7604 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
7606 savehere[j] = dirs[i].length;
7607 total += (savehere[j] - saved[j]) * dirs[j].count;
7612 /* Check whether we can safe enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
7614 if (total > dirs[i].length + 1)
7616 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
7617 for (j = i; j < ndirs; j++)
7618 if (savehere[j] > 0)
7620 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
7621 saved[j] = savehere[j];
7623 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
7624 dirs[j].dir_idx = i;
7629 /* We have to emit them in the order they appear in the file_table array
7630 since the index is used in the debug info generation. To do this
7631 efficiently we generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
7632 backmap = alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) * sizeof (int));
7633 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7635 backmap[files[i].file_idx] = i;
7637 /* Mark this directory as used. */
7638 dirs[dirs[files[i].dir_idx].dir_idx].used = 1;
7641 /* That was it. We are ready to emit the information. First emit the
7642 directory name table. We have to make sure the first actually emitted
7643 directory name has index one; zero is reserved for the current working
7644 directory. Make sure we do not confuse these indices with the one for the
7645 constructed table (even though most of the time they are identical). */
7647 idx_offset = dirs[0].length > 0 ? 1 : 0;
7648 for (i = 1 - idx_offset; i < ndirs; i++)
7649 if (dirs[i].used != 0)
7651 dirs[i].used = idx++;
7652 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs[i].path, dirs[i].length - 1,
7653 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", dirs[i].used);
7656 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7658 /* Correct the index for the current working directory entry if it
7660 if (idx_offset == 0)
7663 /* Now write all the file names. */
7664 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7666 int file_idx = backmap[i];
7667 int dir_idx = dirs[files[file_idx].dir_idx].dir_idx;
7669 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, -1,
7670 "File Entry: 0x%lx", (unsigned long) i);
7672 /* Include directory index. */
7673 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dirs[dir_idx].used, NULL);
7675 /* Modification time. */
7676 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
7678 /* File length in bytes. */
7679 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
7682 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7686 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
7687 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
7690 output_line_info (void)
7692 char l1[20], l2[20], p1[20], p2[20];
7693 char line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7694 char prev_line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7697 unsigned long lt_index;
7698 unsigned long current_line;
7701 unsigned long current_file;
7702 unsigned long function;
7704 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL, 0);
7705 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL, 0);
7706 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL, 0);
7707 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL, 0);
7709 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7710 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7711 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7712 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
7713 "Length of Source Line Info");
7714 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
7716 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7717 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, p2, p1, "Prolog Length");
7718 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p1);
7720 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
7721 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
7722 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
7723 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
7724 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
7725 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
7726 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
7727 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
7728 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
7729 "Minimum Instruction Length");
7731 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START,
7732 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
7733 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE,
7734 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
7735 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE,
7736 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
7737 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE,
7738 "Special Opcode Base");
7740 for (opc = 1; opc < DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE; opc++)
7744 case DW_LNS_advance_pc:
7745 case DW_LNS_advance_line:
7746 case DW_LNS_set_file:
7747 case DW_LNS_set_column:
7748 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc:
7756 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
7760 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
7761 output_file_names ();
7762 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p2);
7764 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
7765 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
7766 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
7768 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
7769 a series of state machine operations. */
7774 && (last_text_section == in_unlikely_executed_text
7775 || (last_text_section == in_named
7776 && last_text_section_name == cfun->unlikely_text_section_name)))
7777 strcpy (prev_line_label, cfun->cold_section_label);
7779 strcpy (prev_line_label, text_section_label);
7780 for (lt_index = 1; lt_index < line_info_table_in_use; ++lt_index)
7782 dw_line_info_ref line_info = &line_info_table[lt_index];
7785 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
7786 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
7789 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
7790 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
7791 that anything after the last address is this line. */
7792 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
7793 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file)
7797 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
7799 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
7800 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
7801 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
7802 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
7803 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
7804 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
7806 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, LINE_CODE_LABEL, lt_index);
7809 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
7810 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7811 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7812 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7816 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
7817 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
7818 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7819 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7820 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7821 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7824 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
7826 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7827 different from the previous line. */
7828 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
7830 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
7831 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7832 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "(\"%s\")",
7833 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table,
7837 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7838 that uses the least amount of space. */
7839 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
7841 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
7842 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
7843 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
7844 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
7845 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
7846 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
7848 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
7849 "line %lu", current_line);
7852 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
7853 depending on the value being encoded. */
7854 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
7855 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
7856 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
7857 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7861 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
7862 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7865 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7868 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7869 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7870 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7874 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7875 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7876 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7877 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label, NULL);
7880 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7881 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
7882 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
7887 for (lt_index = 0; lt_index < separate_line_info_table_in_use;)
7889 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
7890 = &separate_line_info_table[lt_index];
7893 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
7894 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
7895 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file
7896 && line_info->function == function)
7900 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
7901 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
7902 to handle it differently. */
7903 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
7905 if (function != line_info->function)
7907 function = line_info->function;
7909 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
7910 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7911 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7912 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7913 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7917 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
7920 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7921 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7922 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7926 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7927 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7928 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7929 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7933 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
7935 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7936 different from the previous line. */
7937 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
7939 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
7940 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7941 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "(\"%s\")",
7942 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table,
7946 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7947 that uses the least amount of space. */
7948 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
7950 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
7951 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
7952 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
7953 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
7954 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
7955 "line %lu", current_line);
7958 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
7959 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
7960 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
7961 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7965 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7973 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
7974 if (lt_index == separate_line_info_table_in_use
7975 || separate_line_info_table[lt_index].function != function)
7980 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7981 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, FUNC_END_LABEL, function);
7984 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7985 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7986 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7990 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7991 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7992 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7993 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7996 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
7997 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7998 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
7999 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
8003 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
8004 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
8007 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
8008 a DIE that describes the given type.
8010 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
8011 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
8014 base_type_die (tree type)
8016 dw_die_ref base_type_result;
8017 const char *type_name;
8018 enum dwarf_type encoding;
8019 tree name = TYPE_NAME (type);
8021 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK || TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)
8026 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
8027 name = DECL_NAME (name);
8029 type_name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name);
8032 type_name = "__unknown__";
8034 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
8037 /* Carefully distinguish the C character types, without messing
8038 up if the language is not C. Note that we check only for the names
8039 that contain spaces; other names might occur by coincidence in other
8041 if (! (TYPE_PRECISION (type) == CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
8042 && (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type) == char_type_node
8043 || ! strcmp (type_name, "signed char")
8044 || ! strcmp (type_name, "unsigned char"))))
8046 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
8047 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned;
8049 encoding = DW_ATE_signed;
8052 /* else fall through. */
8055 /* GNU Pascal/Ada CHAR type. Not used in C. */
8056 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
8057 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_char;
8059 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_char;
8063 encoding = DW_ATE_float;
8066 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
8067 a user defined type for it. */
8069 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == REAL_TYPE)
8070 encoding = DW_ATE_complex_float;
8072 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
8076 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
8077 encoding = DW_ATE_boolean;
8081 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
8085 base_type_result = new_die (DW_TAG_base_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8086 if (demangle_name_func)
8087 type_name = (*demangle_name_func) (type_name);
8089 add_AT_string (base_type_result, DW_AT_name, type_name);
8090 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_byte_size,
8091 int_size_in_bytes (type));
8092 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_encoding, encoding);
8094 return base_type_result;
8097 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a pointer to
8098 the Dwarf "root" type for the given input type. The Dwarf "root" type of
8099 a given type is generally the same as the given type, except that if the
8100 given type is a pointer or reference type, then the root type of the given
8101 type is the root type of the "basis" type for the pointer or reference
8102 type. (This definition of the "root" type is recursive.) Also, the root
8103 type of a `const' qualified type or a `volatile' qualified type is the
8104 root type of the given type without the qualifiers. */
8107 root_type (tree type)
8109 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
8110 return error_mark_node;
8112 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
8115 return error_mark_node;
8118 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
8119 return type_main_variant (root_type (TREE_TYPE (type)));
8122 return type_main_variant (type);
8126 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
8127 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
8130 is_base_type (tree type)
8132 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
8146 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
8151 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
8164 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
8165 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
8166 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
8167 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
8170 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
8171 simple_type_size_in_bits (tree type)
8173 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
8174 return BITS_PER_WORD;
8175 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE)
8177 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1))
8178 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1);
8180 return TYPE_ALIGN (type);
8183 /* Return true if the debug information for the given type should be
8184 emitted as a subrange type. */
8187 is_subrange_type (tree type)
8189 tree subtype = TREE_TYPE (type);
8191 /* Subrange types are identified by the fact that they are integer
8192 types, and that they have a subtype which is either an integer type
8193 or an enumeral type. */
8195 if (TREE_CODE (type) != INTEGER_TYPE
8196 || subtype == NULL_TREE)
8199 if (TREE_CODE (subtype) != INTEGER_TYPE
8200 && TREE_CODE (subtype) != ENUMERAL_TYPE)
8203 if (TREE_CODE (type) == TREE_CODE (subtype)
8204 && int_size_in_bytes (type) == int_size_in_bytes (subtype)
8205 && TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type) != NULL
8206 && TYPE_MIN_VALUE (subtype) != NULL
8207 && tree_int_cst_equal (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type), TYPE_MIN_VALUE (subtype))
8208 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type) != NULL
8209 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (subtype) != NULL
8210 && tree_int_cst_equal (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type), TYPE_MAX_VALUE (subtype)))
8212 /* The type and its subtype have the same representation. If in
8213 addition the two types also have the same name, then the given
8214 type is not a subrange type, but rather a plain base type. */
8215 /* FIXME: brobecker/2004-03-22:
8216 Sizetype INTEGER_CSTs nodes are canonicalized. It should
8217 therefore be sufficient to check the TYPE_SIZE node pointers
8218 rather than checking the actual size. Unfortunately, we have
8219 found some cases, such as in the Ada "integer" type, where
8220 this is not the case. Until this problem is solved, we need to
8221 keep checking the actual size. */
8222 tree type_name = TYPE_NAME (type);
8223 tree subtype_name = TYPE_NAME (subtype);
8225 if (type_name != NULL && TREE_CODE (type_name) == TYPE_DECL)
8226 type_name = DECL_NAME (type_name);
8228 if (subtype_name != NULL && TREE_CODE (subtype_name) == TYPE_DECL)
8229 subtype_name = DECL_NAME (subtype_name);
8231 if (type_name == subtype_name)
8238 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
8239 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
8242 subrange_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
8244 dw_die_ref subtype_die;
8245 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
8246 tree name = TYPE_NAME (type);
8247 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes = int_size_in_bytes (type);
8248 tree subtype = TREE_TYPE (type);
8250 if (context_die == NULL)
8251 context_die = comp_unit_die;
8253 if (TREE_CODE (subtype) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
8254 subtype_die = gen_enumeration_type_die (subtype, context_die);
8256 subtype_die = base_type_die (subtype);
8258 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, context_die, type);
8262 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
8263 name = DECL_NAME (name);
8264 add_name_attribute (subrange_die, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
8267 if (int_size_in_bytes (subtype) != size_in_bytes)
8269 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
8270 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
8271 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size_in_bytes);
8274 if (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type) != NULL)
8275 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound,
8276 TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type));
8277 if (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type) != NULL)
8278 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound,
8279 TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type));
8280 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, DW_AT_type, subtype_die);
8282 return subrange_die;
8285 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
8286 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
8289 modified_type_die (tree type, int is_const_type, int is_volatile_type,
8290 dw_die_ref context_die)
8292 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
8293 dw_die_ref mod_type_die = NULL;
8294 dw_die_ref sub_die = NULL;
8295 tree item_type = NULL;
8297 if (code != ERROR_MARK)
8299 tree qualified_type;
8301 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
8304 = get_qualified_type (type,
8305 ((is_const_type ? TYPE_QUAL_CONST : 0)
8307 ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE : 0)));
8309 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
8312 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
8314 return mod_type_die;
8317 /* Handle C typedef types. */
8318 if (qualified_type && TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)
8319 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)) == TYPE_DECL
8320 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)))
8322 tree type_name = TYPE_NAME (qualified_type);
8323 tree dtype = TREE_TYPE (type_name);
8325 if (qualified_type == dtype)
8327 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
8328 gen_type_die (qualified_type, context_die);
8329 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
8331 else if (is_const_type < TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
8332 || is_volatile_type < TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype))
8333 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
8334 type to which it refers. */
8336 = modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (type_name),
8337 is_const_type, is_volatile_type,
8340 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
8346 else if (is_const_type)
8348 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_const_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8349 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, is_volatile_type, context_die);
8351 else if (is_volatile_type)
8353 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8354 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, 0, context_die);
8356 else if (code == POINTER_TYPE)
8358 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8359 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
8360 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
8362 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class, 0);
8364 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
8366 else if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE)
8368 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8369 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
8370 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
8372 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class, 0);
8374 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
8376 else if (is_subrange_type (type))
8377 mod_type_die = subrange_type_die (type, context_die);
8378 else if (is_base_type (type))
8379 mod_type_die = base_type_die (type);
8382 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
8384 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
8385 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
8386 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
8387 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
8388 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
8390 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
8391 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type));
8393 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
8394 not the main variant. */
8395 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
8396 gcc_assert (mod_type_die);
8399 /* We want to equate the qualified type to the die below. */
8400 type = qualified_type;
8404 equate_type_number_to_die (type, mod_type_die);
8406 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
8407 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
8408 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
8409 types are possible in Ada. */
8410 sub_die = modified_type_die (item_type,
8411 TYPE_READONLY (item_type),
8412 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type),
8415 if (sub_die != NULL)
8416 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die, DW_AT_type, sub_die);
8418 return mod_type_die;
8421 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
8422 an enumerated type. */
8425 type_is_enum (tree type)
8427 return TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE;
8430 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
8433 dbx_reg_number (rtx rtl)
8435 unsigned regno = REGNO (rtl);
8437 /* We do not want to see registers that should have been eliminated. */
8438 gcc_assert (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
8439 || rtl != arg_pointer_rtx);
8440 gcc_assert (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM == FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
8441 || rtl != frame_pointer_rtx);
8443 gcc_assert (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER);
8445 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
8446 regno = LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno);
8449 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno);
8452 /* Optionally add a DW_OP_piece term to a location description expression.
8453 DW_OP_piece is only added if the location description expression already
8454 doesn't end with DW_OP_piece. */
8457 add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, int size)
8459 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
8461 if (*list_head != NULL)
8463 /* Find the end of the chain. */
8464 for (loc = *list_head; loc->dw_loc_next != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
8467 if (loc->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_piece)
8468 loc->dw_loc_next = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, size, 0);
8472 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
8473 zero if there is none. */
8475 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8476 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl)
8480 if (REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
8483 regs = targetm.dwarf_register_span (rtl);
8485 if (hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)] > 1 || regs)
8486 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, regs);
8488 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (rtl));
8491 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
8492 a given hard register number. */
8494 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8495 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno)
8498 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + regno, 0, 0);
8500 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, regno, 0);
8503 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
8504 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
8506 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8507 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, rtx regs)
8511 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
8513 reg = dbx_reg_number (rtl);
8514 nregs = hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)];
8516 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
8517 if (regs == NULL_RTX)
8519 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / nregs;
8526 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (reg);
8527 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
8528 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
8534 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
8536 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs) == PARALLEL);
8538 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
8541 for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (regs, 0); ++i)
8545 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs, 0, i)));
8546 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
8547 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
8548 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
8553 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
8555 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8556 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i)
8558 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
8560 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
8561 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
8565 op = DW_OP_lit0 + i;
8568 else if (i <= 0xffff)
8570 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
8580 else if (i >= -0x8000)
8582 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
8583 || i >= -0x80000000)
8589 return new_loc_descr (op, i, 0);
8592 /* Return an offset from an eliminable register to the post-prologue
8595 static HOST_WIDE_INT
8596 eliminate_reg_to_offset (rtx reg)
8598 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
8600 reg = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
8601 if (GET_CODE (reg) == PLUS)
8603 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (reg, 1));
8604 reg = XEXP (reg, 0);
8606 gcc_assert (reg == (frame_pointer_needed ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
8607 : stack_pointer_rtx));
8612 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
8614 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8615 based_loc_descr (rtx reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
8617 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
8619 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
8620 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
8621 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
8622 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. */
8623 if (reg == arg_pointer_rtx || reg == frame_pointer_rtx)
8625 offset += eliminate_reg_to_offset (reg);
8626 offset += frame_pointer_cfa_offset;
8628 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
8632 unsigned int regno = dbx_reg_number (reg);
8635 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + regno, offset, 0);
8637 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, regno, offset);
8643 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
8646 is_based_loc (rtx rtl)
8648 return (GET_CODE (rtl) == PLUS
8649 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
8650 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
8651 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT)));
8654 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
8655 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
8656 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
8657 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
8659 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
8660 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
8661 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
8662 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
8664 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
8665 autoincrement addressing modes.
8667 CAN_USE_FBREG is a flag whether we can use DW_AT_frame_base in the
8668 location list for RTL.
8670 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
8672 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8673 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode)
8675 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result = NULL;
8676 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
8678 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
8679 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
8680 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
8681 zeroth element of the array. */
8683 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
8685 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
8690 /* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
8691 just fall into the SUBREG code. */
8693 /* ... fall through ... */
8696 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8697 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8698 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8699 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8700 contains the given subreg. */
8701 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
8703 /* ... fall through ... */
8706 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
8707 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
8708 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
8709 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
8710 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
8711 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
8712 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
8713 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
8714 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
8715 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
8716 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
8717 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
8718 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
8719 if (REGNO (rtl) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
8720 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (rtl, 0);
8724 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl));
8725 if (mem_loc_result != 0)
8726 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
8730 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
8732 /* ... fall through ... */
8735 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
8736 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
8740 /* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool might be referenced
8741 by a different symbol. */
8742 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl))
8745 rtx tmp = get_pool_constant_mark (rtl, &marked);
8747 if (GET_CODE (tmp) == SYMBOL_REF)
8750 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (tmp))
8751 get_pool_constant_mark (tmp, &marked);
8756 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
8757 it was not output and thus we can't represent it.
8758 FIXME: might try to use DW_OP_const_value here, though
8759 DW_OP_piece complicates it. */
8764 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
8765 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
8766 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
8767 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
8771 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
8773 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
8778 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
8780 rtl = gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode, XEXP (rtl, 0),
8781 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl) == PRE_INC
8782 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)
8783 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)));
8785 /* ... fall through ... */
8789 if (is_based_loc (rtl))
8790 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (XEXP (rtl, 0),
8791 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
8794 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode);
8795 if (mem_loc_result == 0)
8798 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT
8799 && INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) >= 0)
8800 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8801 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
8802 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)), 0));
8805 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8806 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode));
8807 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8808 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
8813 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
8814 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
8833 dw_loc_descr_ref op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode);
8834 dw_loc_descr_ref op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode);
8836 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
8839 mem_loc_result = op0;
8840 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
8841 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
8846 mem_loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl));
8853 return mem_loc_result;
8856 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
8857 This is typically a complex variable. */
8859 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8860 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0, rtx x1)
8862 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
8863 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref = loc_descriptor (x0);
8864 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref = loc_descriptor (x1);
8866 if (x0_ref == 0 || x1_ref == 0)
8869 cc_loc_result = x0_ref;
8870 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0)));
8872 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, x1_ref);
8873 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1)));
8875 return cc_loc_result;
8878 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
8879 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
8880 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
8881 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
8882 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
8884 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
8886 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8887 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl)
8889 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
8891 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
8894 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8895 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8896 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8897 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8898 contains the given subreg. */
8899 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
8901 /* ... fall through ... */
8904 loc_result = reg_loc_descriptor (rtl);
8908 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl));
8912 loc_result = concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), XEXP (rtl, 1));
8917 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) != PARALLEL)
8919 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl, 1), 0));
8923 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
8928 rtvec par_elems = XVEC (rtl, 0);
8929 int num_elem = GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems);
8930 enum machine_mode mode;
8933 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
8934 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0));
8935 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0));
8936 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
8937 for (i = 1; i < num_elem; i++)
8939 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
8941 temp = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0));
8942 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, temp);
8943 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0));
8944 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
8956 /* Similar, but generate the descriptor from trees instead of rtl. This comes
8957 up particularly with variable length arrays. WANT_ADDRESS is 2 if this is
8958 a top-level invocation of loc_descriptor_from_tree; is 1 if this is not a
8959 top-level invocation, and we require the address of LOC; is 0 if we require
8960 the value of LOC. */
8962 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8963 loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (tree loc, int want_address)
8965 dw_loc_descr_ref ret, ret1;
8966 int have_address = 0;
8967 int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
8968 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
8970 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
8971 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
8974 switch (TREE_CODE (loc))
8979 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR:
8980 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
8981 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
8982 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
8983 the names of types. */
8989 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR:
8990 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR:
8991 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR:
8992 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR:
8993 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
8997 /* If we already want an address, there's nothing we can do. */
9001 /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */
9002 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 1);
9005 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (loc))
9009 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
9010 if (!targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
9013 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we can only
9014 look up addresses of objects in the current module. */
9015 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc))
9018 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
9019 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
9024 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
9025 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl))
9028 ret = new_loc_descr (INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr, 0, 0);
9029 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
9030 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
9032 ret1 = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address, 0, 0);
9033 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
9041 if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (loc))
9042 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc),
9048 rtx rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
9050 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
9052 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_INT)
9054 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
9055 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
9056 val &= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc));
9057 ret = int_loc_descriptor (val);
9059 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
9061 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl))
9063 ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
9064 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
9065 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
9069 enum machine_mode mode;
9071 /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
9072 if (want_address == 2)
9073 return loc_descriptor (rtl);
9075 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9078 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
9081 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode);
9087 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9092 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), want_address);
9096 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
9097 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
9100 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), want_address);
9105 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF:
9108 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
9109 enum machine_mode mode;
9112 obj = get_inner_reference (loc, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
9113 &unsignedp, &volatilep, false);
9118 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (obj, 1);
9120 || bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0 || bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0)
9123 if (offset != NULL_TREE)
9125 /* Variable offset. */
9126 add_loc_descr (&ret, loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (offset, 0));
9127 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
9130 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
9132 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bytepos, 0));
9133 else if (bytepos < 0)
9135 add_loc_descr (&ret, int_loc_descriptor (bytepos));
9136 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
9144 if (host_integerp (loc, 0))
9145 ret = int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc, 0));
9152 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
9153 rtx rtl = lookup_constant_def (loc);
9154 enum machine_mode mode;
9156 if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl))
9158 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9159 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
9160 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode);
9165 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR:
9166 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR:
9171 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR:
9177 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR:
9182 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR:
9184 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR:
9185 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
9193 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR:
9195 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR:
9196 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
9209 op = (unsignedp ? DW_OP_shr : DW_OP_shra);
9213 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
9214 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0))
9216 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9220 add_loc_descr (&ret,
9221 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
9222 tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1),
9232 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9239 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9246 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9253 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9268 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9269 ret1 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
9270 if (ret == 0 || ret1 == 0)
9273 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
9274 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
9277 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR:
9291 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9295 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
9301 const enum tree_code code =
9302 TREE_CODE (loc) == MIN_EXPR ? GT_EXPR : LT_EXPR;
9304 loc = build3 (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (loc),
9305 build2 (code, integer_type_node,
9306 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)),
9307 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0));
9310 /* ... fall through ... */
9314 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
9315 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
9316 dw_loc_descr_ref rhs
9317 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 2), 0);
9318 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, jump_node, tmp;
9320 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9321 if (ret == 0 || lhs == 0 || rhs == 0)
9324 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
9325 add_loc_descr (&ret, bra_node);
9327 add_loc_descr (&ret, rhs);
9328 jump_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
9329 add_loc_descr (&ret, jump_node);
9331 add_loc_descr (&ret, lhs);
9332 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
9333 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = lhs;
9335 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
9336 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop, 0, 0);
9337 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
9338 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
9339 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = tmp;
9343 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR:
9345 case FIX_FLOOR_EXPR:
9346 case FIX_ROUND_EXPR:
9350 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
9351 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
9352 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc)
9353 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE)
9356 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
9357 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
9358 these explicitly. We forgot one. */
9361 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
9362 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
9367 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
9368 if (want_address && !have_address)
9371 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
9372 if (!want_address && have_address)
9374 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
9376 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
9378 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
9381 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
9383 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
9389 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
9390 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc)
9392 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (loc, 2);
9395 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
9396 which is not less than the value itself. */
9398 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
9399 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value, unsigned int boundary)
9401 return (((value + boundary - 1) / boundary) * boundary);
9404 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
9405 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
9406 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
9410 field_type (tree decl)
9414 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
9415 return integer_type_node;
9417 type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
9418 if (type == NULL_TREE)
9419 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
9424 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
9425 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
9426 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
9428 static inline unsigned
9429 simple_type_align_in_bits (tree type)
9431 return (TREE_CODE (type) != ERROR_MARK) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type) : BITS_PER_WORD;
9434 static inline unsigned
9435 simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree decl)
9437 return (TREE_CODE (decl) != ERROR_MARK) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl) : BITS_PER_WORD;
9440 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
9441 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
9442 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
9443 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
9444 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
9447 static HOST_WIDE_INT
9448 field_byte_offset (tree decl)
9450 unsigned int type_align_in_bits;
9451 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits;
9452 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits;
9453 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits;
9455 tree field_size_tree;
9456 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
9457 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos;
9458 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits;
9460 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
9463 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
9465 type = field_type (decl);
9466 field_size_tree = DECL_SIZE (decl);
9468 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
9469 a flexible array member. */
9470 if (! field_size_tree)
9471 field_size_tree = bitsize_zero_node;
9473 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
9474 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
9475 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
9476 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0))
9479 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
9481 /* If we don't know the size of the field, pretend it's a full word. */
9482 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree, 1))
9483 field_size_in_bits = tree_low_cst (field_size_tree, 1);
9485 field_size_in_bits = BITS_PER_WORD;
9487 type_size_in_bits = simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
9488 type_align_in_bits = simple_type_align_in_bits (type);
9489 decl_align_in_bits = simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl);
9491 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the starting
9492 bit offset (relative to the start of the containing structure type) of the
9493 hypothetical "containing object" for a bit-field. Thus, when computing
9494 the byte offset value for the start of the "containing object" of a
9495 bit-field, we must deduce this information on our own. This can be rather
9496 tricky to do in some cases. For example, handling the following structure
9497 type definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only aligns
9498 long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
9500 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
9502 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used in such
9503 cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will allocate 8 bytes for the
9504 structure shown above. It decides to do this based upon one simple rule
9505 for bit-field allocation. GCC allocates each "containing object" for each
9506 bit-field at the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment
9507 boundary (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared type
9508 of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the condition that
9509 there is still enough available space remaining in the containing object
9510 (when allocated at the selected point) to fully accommodate all of the
9511 bits of the bit-field itself.
9513 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for each
9514 object of the structure type shown above. When looking for a place to
9515 allocate the "containing object" for `field2', the compiler simply tries
9516 to allocate a 64-bit "containing object" at each successive 32-bit
9517 boundary (starting at zero) until it finds a place to allocate that 64-
9518 bit field such that at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated)
9519 bits remain within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
9520 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the "containing
9521 object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the structure type.)
9523 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts we're
9524 given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC must have believed
9525 that the containing object started (within the structure type). The value
9526 we deduce is then used (by the callers of this routine) to generate
9527 DW_AT_location and DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields
9528 and, in the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
9530 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to the
9531 "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
9532 deepest_bitpos = bitpos_int + field_size_in_bits;
9534 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce where the
9535 lowest addressed bit of the containing object must be. */
9536 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
9538 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for bitfields. */
9539 object_offset_in_bits += type_align_in_bits - 1;
9540 object_offset_in_bits /= type_align_in_bits;
9541 object_offset_in_bits *= type_align_in_bits;
9543 if (object_offset_in_bits > bitpos_int)
9545 /* Sigh, the decl must be packed. */
9546 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
9548 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
9549 object_offset_in_bits += decl_align_in_bits - 1;
9550 object_offset_in_bits /= decl_align_in_bits;
9551 object_offset_in_bits *= decl_align_in_bits;
9554 return object_offset_in_bits / BITS_PER_UNIT;
9557 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
9558 associated with them. */
9560 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
9562 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
9563 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
9564 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
9567 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
9568 dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
9571 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, descr);
9574 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
9575 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
9576 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
9577 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
9578 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
9579 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
9582 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9583 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9584 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
9585 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
9586 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
9587 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
9588 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
9589 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
9590 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
9594 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
9596 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
9597 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr = 0;
9599 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TREE_BINFO)
9601 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
9602 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl) && is_cxx ())
9604 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
9605 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
9606 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
9607 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
9609 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
9611 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
9613 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp;
9615 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
9616 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0);
9617 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9619 /* Extract the vtable address. */
9620 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
9621 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9623 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
9624 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl), 0);
9625 gcc_assert (offset < 0);
9627 tmp = int_loc_descriptor (-offset);
9628 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9629 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0);
9630 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9632 /* Extract the offset. */
9633 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
9634 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9636 /* Add it to the object address. */
9637 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0);
9638 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9641 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl), 0);
9644 offset = field_byte_offset (decl);
9648 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
9650 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
9651 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field
9652 address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
9654 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9655 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
9656 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
9660 op = DW_OP_plus_uconst;
9663 loc_descr = new_loc_descr (op, offset, 0);
9666 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, loc_descr);
9669 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
9672 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val, unsigned int size, unsigned char *dest)
9676 *dest++ = val & 0xff;
9682 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
9684 static HOST_WIDE_INT
9685 extract_int (const unsigned char *src, unsigned int size)
9687 HOST_WIDE_INT val = 0;
9693 val |= *--src & 0xff;
9699 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
9702 insert_float (rtx rtl, unsigned char *array)
9708 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, rtl);
9709 real_to_target (val, &rv, GET_MODE (rtl));
9711 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
9712 for (i = 0; i < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / 4; i++)
9714 insert_int (val[i], 4, array);
9719 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
9720 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
9721 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
9722 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
9723 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
9726 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, rtx rtl)
9728 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
9732 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
9735 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_const_value, val);
9737 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_const_value, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val);
9742 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
9743 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
9744 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
9745 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
9747 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9749 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT)
9751 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
9752 unsigned char *array = ggc_alloc (length);
9754 insert_float (rtl, array);
9755 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length / 4, 4, array);
9759 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
9760 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT);
9762 add_AT_long_long (die, DW_AT_const_value,
9763 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl));
9770 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9771 unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode);
9772 unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl);
9773 unsigned char *array = ggc_alloc (length * elt_size);
9777 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
9779 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
9780 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
9782 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
9783 HOST_WIDE_INT lo, hi;
9785 switch (GET_CODE (elt))
9793 lo = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt);
9794 hi = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt);
9801 if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
9802 insert_int (lo, elt_size, p);
9805 unsigned char *p0 = p;
9806 unsigned char *p1 = p + sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT);
9808 gcc_assert (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT));
9809 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
9814 insert_int (lo, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p0);
9815 insert_int (hi, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p1);
9820 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
9821 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
9823 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
9824 insert_float (elt, p);
9832 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length, elt_size, array);
9837 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_const_value, XSTR (rtl, 0));
9843 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_const_value, rtl);
9844 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
9848 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
9849 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
9850 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
9851 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
9852 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
9853 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
9854 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
9855 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
9856 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
9857 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
9858 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
9862 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
9868 /* Generate an RTL constant from a decl initializer INIT with decl type TYPE,
9869 for use in a later add_const_value_attribute call. */
9872 rtl_for_decl_init (tree init, tree type)
9876 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
9877 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
9878 if (TREE_CODE (init) == STRING_CST && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
9880 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (type);
9881 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
9882 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
9884 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1
9886 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain))
9887 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain),
9888 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init) - 1) == 0
9889 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init)
9890 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)) + 1))
9891 rtl = gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode,
9892 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)));
9894 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
9895 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. Expanding anything else
9896 tends to produce unresolved symbols; see debug/5770 and c++/6381. */
9897 /* Aggregate, vector, and complex types may contain constructors that may
9898 result in code being generated when expand_expr is called, so we can't
9899 handle them here. Integer and float are useful and safe types to handle
9901 else if ((INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (type) || SCALAR_FLOAT_TYPE_P (type))
9902 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type) == null_pointer_node)
9904 rtl = expand_expr (init, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_INITIALIZER);
9906 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
9907 gcc_assert (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl));
9913 /* Generate RTL for the variable DECL to represent its location. */
9916 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl)
9920 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
9921 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
9922 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
9924 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
9925 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
9926 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
9927 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
9928 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
9929 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
9930 referenced within the function.
9932 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
9933 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
9934 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
9935 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
9937 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
9938 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
9939 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
9940 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
9941 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
9942 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
9944 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
9945 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
9946 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
9947 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
9948 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
9949 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
9950 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
9951 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
9952 output at debug-time.
9954 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
9955 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
9956 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
9957 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9958 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9959 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
9960 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
9961 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
9962 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
9963 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
9964 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
9965 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
9966 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
9968 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
9969 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
9970 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
9971 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
9972 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
9973 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
9974 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
9975 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
9978 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
9979 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
9980 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
9981 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
9982 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
9983 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
9984 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
9985 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
9986 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
9987 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
9988 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
9990 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
9991 rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
9993 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
9994 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
9996 if (! reload_completed)
9999 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl)
10001 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
10003 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
10004 && TREE_STATIC (decl))))
10006 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
10011 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL)
10013 if (rtl == NULL_RTX || is_pseudo_reg (rtl))
10015 tree declared_type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
10016 tree passed_type = DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl);
10017 enum machine_mode dmode = TYPE_MODE (declared_type);
10018 enum machine_mode pmode = TYPE_MODE (passed_type);
10020 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
10021 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
10022 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
10023 if (dmode == pmode)
10024 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
10025 else if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode)
10026 && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
10027 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
10029 rtx inc = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
10032 else if (MEM_P (inc))
10034 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
10035 rtl = adjust_address_nv (inc, dmode,
10036 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
10037 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode));
10044 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
10045 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
10046 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
10047 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
10048 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
10049 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
10051 else if (MEM_P (rtl)
10052 && XEXP (rtl, 0) != const0_rtx
10053 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
10054 /* Not passed in memory. */
10055 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
10056 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
10057 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
10058 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
10059 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
10060 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
10061 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
10064 /* Big endian correction check. */
10065 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
10066 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) != GET_MODE (rtl)
10067 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
10070 int offset = (UNITS_PER_WORD
10071 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
10073 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
10074 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), offset));
10077 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
10080 && GET_MODE (rtl) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))
10081 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
10083 int rsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl));
10084 int dsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
10086 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
10087 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
10088 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
10089 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
10090 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
10091 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
10093 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
10094 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), rsize-dsize));
10097 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
10098 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
10099 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
10100 if (!rtl && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
10101 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (DECL_INITIAL (decl), TREE_TYPE (decl));
10104 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
10106 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
10107 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
10108 code, and thus is not emitted. */
10110 rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
10115 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base for the
10116 address ranges where a given location is valid.
10117 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it, use that.
10118 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use that.
10119 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
10120 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, we won't notice. */
10122 static const char *
10123 secname_for_decl (tree decl)
10125 const char *secname;
10127 if (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
10129 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
10130 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
10132 else if (current_function_decl && DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
10134 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl);
10135 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
10138 && (last_text_section == in_unlikely_executed_text
10139 || (last_text_section == in_named
10140 && last_text_section_name
10141 == cfun->unlikely_text_section_name)))
10142 secname = cfun->cold_section_label;
10144 secname = text_section_label;
10149 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
10150 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
10151 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
10152 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
10153 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
10154 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
10155 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
10156 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
10157 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
10158 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
10161 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl,
10162 enum dwarf_attribute attr)
10165 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
10166 var_loc_list *loc_list;
10167 struct var_loc_node *node;
10168 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
10171 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL
10172 || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL);
10174 /* See if we possibly have multiple locations for this variable. */
10175 loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (decl);
10177 /* If it truly has multiple locations, the first and last node will
10179 if (loc_list && loc_list->first != loc_list->last)
10181 const char *endname, *secname;
10182 dw_loc_list_ref list;
10185 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
10186 actually construct the list of locations.
10187 The first location information is what is passed to the
10188 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
10189 locations just get added on to that list.
10190 Note that we only know the start address for a location
10191 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
10192 the range [current location start, next location start].
10193 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
10194 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
10196 node = loc_list->first;
10197 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
10198 secname = secname_for_decl (decl);
10200 list = new_loc_list (loc_descriptor (varloc),
10201 node->label, node->next->label, secname, 1);
10204 for (; node->next; node = node->next)
10205 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
10207 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
10208 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
10209 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
10210 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (&list, loc_descriptor (varloc),
10211 node->label, node->next->label, secname);
10214 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
10215 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
10216 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
10218 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
10220 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
10221 if (!current_function_decl)
10222 endname = text_end_label;
10225 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
10226 current_function_funcdef_no);
10227 endname = ggc_strdup (label_id);
10229 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (&list, loc_descriptor (varloc),
10230 node->label, endname, secname);
10233 /* Finally, add the location list to the DIE, and we are done. */
10234 add_AT_loc_list (die, attr, list);
10238 /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
10241 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (decl);
10242 if (rtl && (CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING))
10244 add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl);
10248 /* If we have tried to generate the location otherwise, and it
10249 didn't work out (we wouldn't be here if we did), and we have a one entry
10250 location list, try generating a location from that. */
10251 if (loc_list && loc_list->first)
10253 node = loc_list->first;
10254 descr = loc_descriptor (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note));
10257 add_AT_location_description (die, attr, descr);
10262 /* We couldn't get any rtl, so try directly generating the location
10263 description from the tree. */
10264 descr = loc_descriptor_from_tree (decl);
10267 add_AT_location_description (die, attr, descr);
10272 /* If we don't have a copy of this variable in memory for some reason (such
10273 as a C++ member constant that doesn't have an out-of-line definition),
10274 we should tell the debugger about the constant value. */
10277 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref var_die, tree decl)
10279 tree init = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
10280 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
10283 if (TREE_READONLY (decl) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl) && init)
10288 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (init, type);
10290 add_const_value_attribute (var_die, rtl);
10293 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
10294 /* Convert the CFI instructions for the current function into a location
10295 list. This is used for DW_AT_frame_base when we targeting a dwarf2
10296 consumer that does not support the dwarf3 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. */
10298 static dw_loc_list_ref
10299 convert_cfa_to_loc_list (void)
10302 dw_loc_list_ref list, *list_tail;
10304 dw_cfa_location last_cfa, next_cfa;
10305 const char *start_label, *last_label, *section;
10307 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
10309 section = secname_for_decl (current_function_decl);
10313 next_cfa.reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
10314 next_cfa.offset = 0;
10315 next_cfa.indirect = 0;
10316 next_cfa.base_offset = 0;
10318 start_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
10320 /* ??? Bald assumption that the CIE opcode list does not contain
10321 advance opcodes. */
10322 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
10323 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa);
10325 last_cfa = next_cfa;
10326 last_label = start_label;
10328 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
10329 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
10331 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
10332 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
10333 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
10334 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
10336 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa), start_label,
10337 last_label, section, list == NULL);
10339 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
10340 last_cfa = next_cfa;
10341 start_label = last_label;
10343 last_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
10346 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
10347 /* The encoding is complex enough that we should never emit this. */
10348 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
10349 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
10350 /* We don't handle these two in this function. It would be possible
10351 if it were to be required. */
10352 gcc_unreachable ();
10355 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa);
10359 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
10361 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa), start_label,
10362 last_label, section, list == NULL);
10363 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
10364 start_label = last_label;
10366 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&next_cfa), start_label,
10367 fde->dw_fde_end, section, list == NULL);
10372 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
10373 the CFA, and store it in frame_pointer_cfa_offset. */
10376 compute_frame_pointer_to_cfa_displacement (void)
10378 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
10380 offset = eliminate_reg_to_offset (arg_pointer_rtx);
10381 offset += ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
10383 frame_pointer_cfa_offset = -offset;
10387 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
10388 the value of the attribute. */
10391 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die, const char *name_string)
10393 if (name_string != NULL && *name_string != 0)
10395 if (demangle_name_func)
10396 name_string = (*demangle_name_func) (name_string);
10398 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name, name_string);
10402 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
10405 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die)
10407 const char *wd = get_src_pwd ();
10409 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_comp_dir, wd);
10412 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
10413 a representation for that bound. */
10416 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr, tree bound)
10418 switch (TREE_CODE (bound))
10423 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
10425 if (! host_integerp (bound, 0)
10426 || (bound_attr == DW_AT_lower_bound
10427 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound))
10428 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound)))))
10429 /* Use the default. */
10432 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr, tree_low_cst (bound, 0));
10437 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
10438 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
10439 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_OPERAND (bound, 0));
10449 dw_die_ref decl_die = lookup_decl_die (bound);
10451 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
10452 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
10453 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
10454 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
10455 later parameter. */
10456 if (decl_die != NULL)
10457 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
10463 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
10464 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
10466 dw_die_ref ctx, decl_die;
10467 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
10469 loc = loc_descriptor_from_tree (bound);
10473 if (current_function_decl == 0)
10474 ctx = comp_unit_die;
10476 ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
10478 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx, bound);
10479 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
10480 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
10481 add_AT_loc (decl_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
10483 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
10489 /* Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
10490 includes information about the element type of type given array type. */
10493 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die, tree type)
10495 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10496 unsigned dimension_number;
10499 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
10501 /* The GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of
10502 one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array
10503 types. Here we squish that down, so that each multidimensional array
10504 type gets only one array_type DIE in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft
10505 Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of
10506 compression in C (because there is no difference between an array or
10507 arrays and a multidimensional array in C) but for other source languages
10508 (e.g. Ada) we probably shouldn't do this. */
10510 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
10511 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
10512 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
10513 gen_array_type_die. */
10514 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10515 for (dimension_number = 0;
10516 TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE;
10517 type = TREE_TYPE (type), dimension_number++)
10520 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
10522 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
10523 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
10525 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, type_die, NULL);
10528 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
10529 lower = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain);
10530 upper = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain);
10532 /* Define the index type. */
10533 if (TREE_TYPE (domain))
10535 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
10536 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
10537 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
10538 if (TREE_CODE (domain) == INTEGER_TYPE
10539 && TYPE_NAME (domain) == NULL_TREE
10540 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == INTEGER_TYPE
10541 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == NULL_TREE)
10544 add_type_attribute (subrange_die, TREE_TYPE (domain), 0, 0,
10548 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
10549 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
10551 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
10552 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
10553 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
10555 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, lower);
10557 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, upper);
10560 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
10561 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
10567 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree tree_node)
10571 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node))
10576 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
10579 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
10580 size = int_size_in_bytes (tree_node);
10583 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
10584 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
10585 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
10586 even for bit-fields. */
10587 size = simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node)) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
10590 gcc_unreachable ();
10593 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
10594 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
10595 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
10596 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
10597 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
10600 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
10601 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
10602 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
10605 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
10606 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
10607 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
10608 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
10609 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
10610 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
10612 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
10613 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
10614 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
10617 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10619 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes = field_byte_offset (decl);
10620 tree type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
10621 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
10622 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset;
10623 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset;
10624 HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned bit_offset;
10626 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
10627 gcc_assert (type && TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
10629 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
10630 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
10631 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
10632 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0)
10633 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
10636 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
10638 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
10639 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
10640 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
10641 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
10642 below must take account of these differences. */
10643 highest_order_object_bit_offset = object_offset_in_bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT;
10644 highest_order_field_bit_offset = bitpos_int;
10646 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
10648 highest_order_field_bit_offset += tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 0);
10649 highest_order_object_bit_offset += simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
10653 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
10654 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset - highest_order_field_bit_offset
10655 : highest_order_field_bit_offset - highest_order_object_bit_offset);
10657 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_offset, bit_offset);
10660 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
10661 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
10664 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10666 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
10667 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL
10668 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl));
10670 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
10671 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_size, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1));
10674 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
10675 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
10678 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_type)
10680 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language) == DW_LANG_C89
10681 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type) != NULL)
10682 add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_prototyped, 1);
10685 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
10686 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
10690 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree origin)
10692 dw_die_ref origin_die = NULL;
10694 if (TREE_CODE (origin) != FUNCTION_DECL)
10696 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
10697 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
10698 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
10700 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
10701 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
10705 fn = TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn);
10707 fn = decl_function_context (fn);
10709 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn);
10712 if (DECL_P (origin))
10713 origin_die = lookup_decl_die (origin);
10714 else if (TYPE_P (origin))
10715 origin_die = lookup_type_die (origin);
10717 /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
10718 trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
10719 languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
10720 output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather
10721 than die, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
10722 have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all
10723 functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
10727 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, origin_die);
10730 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
10733 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_decl)
10735 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl))
10737 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
10739 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0))
10740 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location,
10741 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu,
10742 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0),
10745 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
10746 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10747 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_containing_type,
10748 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl)));
10752 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
10755 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10757 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
10758 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
10760 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
10761 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
10764 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
10765 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
10768 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10772 decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl);
10773 if (decl_name != NULL && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL)
10775 add_name_attribute (die, dwarf2_name (decl, 0));
10776 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
10777 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl);
10779 if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
10780 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
10781 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl)
10782 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10783 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name,
10784 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
10787 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10788 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10789 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10790 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
10792 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address,
10793 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
10794 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, used_rtx_array, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
10799 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
10802 push_decl_scope (tree scope)
10804 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, decl_scope_table, scope);
10807 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
10810 pop_decl_scope (void)
10812 VEC_pop (tree, decl_scope_table);
10815 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
10816 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
10817 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
10818 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
10819 the current active scope. */
10822 scope_die_for (tree t, dw_die_ref context_die)
10824 dw_die_ref scope_die = NULL;
10825 tree containing_scope;
10828 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
10829 gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t));
10831 containing_scope = TYPE_CONTEXT (t);
10833 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
10834 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
10836 if (context_die == lookup_decl_die (containing_scope))
10839 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
10842 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
10843 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
10844 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
10845 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == FUNCTION_TYPE)
10846 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
10848 if (containing_scope == NULL_TREE)
10849 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
10850 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope))
10852 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
10853 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
10854 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
10855 for (i = VEC_length (tree, decl_scope_table) - 1; i >= 0; --i)
10856 if (VEC_index (tree, decl_scope_table, i) == containing_scope)
10861 gcc_assert (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
10862 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope));
10864 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
10865 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
10868 scope_die = lookup_type_die (containing_scope);
10871 scope_die = context_die;
10876 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
10879 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
10881 for (; context_die; context_die = context_die->die_parent)
10882 if (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
10883 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
10889 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
10890 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
10893 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
10895 return (context_die
10896 && (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
10897 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type
10898 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace));
10901 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
10902 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
10903 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
10906 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die, tree type, int decl_const,
10907 int decl_volatile, dw_die_ref context_die)
10909 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
10910 dw_die_ref type_die = NULL;
10912 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral or
10913 floating-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
10914 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
10915 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
10916 if ((code == INTEGER_TYPE || code == REAL_TYPE)
10917 && TREE_TYPE (type) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type) == 0)
10918 type = TREE_TYPE (type), code = TREE_CODE (type);
10920 if (code == ERROR_MARK
10921 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
10922 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
10923 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
10924 || code == VOID_TYPE)
10927 type_die = modified_type_die (type,
10928 decl_const || TYPE_READONLY (type),
10929 decl_volatile || TYPE_VOLATILE (type),
10932 if (type_die != NULL)
10933 add_AT_die_ref (object_die, DW_AT_type, type_die);
10936 /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
10937 function call type. */
10939 add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die, tree type)
10941 enum dwarf_calling_convention value = DW_CC_normal;
10943 value = targetm.dwarf_calling_convention (type);
10945 /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
10946 is not DW_CC_normal. */
10947 if (value && (value != DW_CC_normal))
10948 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_calling_convention, value);
10951 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
10952 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
10953 was declared without a tag. */
10955 static const char *
10956 type_tag (tree type)
10958 const char *name = 0;
10960 if (TYPE_NAME (type) != 0)
10964 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
10965 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
10966 t = TYPE_NAME (type);
10968 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
10969 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
10971 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
10972 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type)))
10973 t = DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type));
10975 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
10977 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t);
10980 return (name == 0 || *name == '\0') ? 0 : name;
10983 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
10984 for bit field types. */
10987 member_declared_type (tree member)
10989 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
10990 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member) : TREE_TYPE (member));
10993 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10994 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10997 static const char *
10998 decl_start_label (tree decl)
11001 const char *fnname;
11003 x = DECL_RTL (decl);
11004 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
11007 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF);
11009 fnname = XSTR (x, 0);
11014 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
11015 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
11016 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
11019 gen_array_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11021 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
11022 dw_die_ref array_die;
11025 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types unless
11026 the inner array type comes before the outer array type. Thus we must
11027 call gen_type_die before we call new_die. See below also. */
11028 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11029 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11032 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
11033 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
11034 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
11036 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
11038 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
11039 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
11040 type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type)));
11041 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_GNU_vector, 1);
11045 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
11046 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
11047 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
11048 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
11049 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
11050 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
11051 for multidimensional arrays. */
11052 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_row_major);
11055 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11056 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
11057 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
11058 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type))
11059 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11062 add_subscript_info (array_die, type);
11064 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type. */
11065 element_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
11067 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
11068 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
11069 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
11070 add_subscript_info. */
11071 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11072 while (TREE_CODE (element_type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
11073 element_type = TREE_TYPE (element_type);
11075 gen_type_die (element_type, context_die);
11078 add_type_attribute (array_die, element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
11083 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11085 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11086 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point, context_die, decl);
11088 if (origin != NULL)
11089 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die, origin);
11092 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
11093 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
11094 0, 0, context_die);
11097 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11098 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
11100 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, decl_start_label (decl));
11104 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
11105 emit full debugging info for them. */
11108 retry_incomplete_types (void)
11112 for (i = VEC_length (tree, incomplete_types) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
11113 gen_type_die (VEC_index (tree, incomplete_types, i), comp_unit_die);
11116 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of an enumeration type. */
11119 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11121 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type, context_die, type);
11123 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
11124 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
11125 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
11128 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a structure type. */
11131 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11133 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_structure_type, context_die, type);
11135 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
11136 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
11137 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
11140 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a union type. */
11143 gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11145 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_union_type, context_die, type);
11147 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
11148 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
11149 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
11152 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
11153 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
11154 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
11158 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11160 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
11162 if (type_die == NULL)
11164 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type,
11165 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11166 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
11167 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
11169 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type))
11172 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
11174 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
11175 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
11176 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
11177 if (TYPE_SIZE (type))
11181 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
11182 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
11183 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
11184 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
11186 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
11187 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
11188 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
11189 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type, context_die), type_die);
11191 for (link = TYPE_VALUES (type);
11192 link != NULL; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
11194 dw_die_ref enum_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator, type_die, link);
11195 tree value = TREE_VALUE (link);
11197 add_name_attribute (enum_die,
11198 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link)));
11200 if (host_integerp (value, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value))))
11201 /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or
11202 not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned. GDB
11203 always assumes the values are signed, so we output all
11204 values as if they were signed. That means that
11205 enumeration constants with very large unsigned values
11206 will appear to have negative values in the debugger. */
11207 add_AT_int (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
11208 tree_low_cst (value, tree_int_cst_sgn (value) > 0));
11212 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11217 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
11218 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
11221 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
11222 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
11223 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
11224 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
11225 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
11226 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
11227 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
11228 argument type of some subprogram type. */
11231 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node, dw_die_ref context_die)
11233 dw_die_ref parm_die
11234 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter, context_die, node);
11237 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node)))
11239 case tcc_declaration:
11240 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (node);
11241 if (origin != NULL)
11242 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die, origin);
11245 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die, node);
11246 add_type_attribute (parm_die, TREE_TYPE (node),
11247 TREE_READONLY (node),
11248 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node),
11250 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node))
11251 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11254 equate_decl_number_to_die (node, parm_die);
11255 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node))
11256 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die, node, DW_AT_location);
11261 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
11262 add_type_attribute (parm_die, node, 0, 0, context_die);
11266 gcc_unreachable ();
11272 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
11273 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
11276 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11278 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters, context_die, decl_or_type);
11281 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
11282 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
11283 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
11284 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
11287 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11290 tree formal_type = NULL;
11291 tree first_parm_type;
11294 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == FUNCTION_DECL)
11296 arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type);
11297 function_or_method_type = TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type);
11302 first_parm_type = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
11304 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
11305 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
11306 for (link = first_parm_type; link; )
11308 dw_die_ref parm_die;
11310 formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
11311 if (formal_type == void_type_node)
11314 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
11315 parm_die = gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type, context_die);
11316 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == METHOD_TYPE
11317 && link == first_parm_type)
11318 || (arg && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg)))
11319 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11321 link = TREE_CHAIN (link);
11323 arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg);
11326 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
11327 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
11328 if (formal_type != void_type_node)
11329 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type, context_die);
11331 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
11332 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
11333 for (link = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
11334 link && TREE_VALUE (link);
11335 link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
11336 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link), context_die);
11339 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
11340 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
11341 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
11342 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
11343 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
11346 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type, tree member, dw_die_ref context_die)
11348 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
11350 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
11351 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
11352 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))
11353 && ! lookup_decl_die (member))
11355 dw_die_ref type_die;
11356 gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member));
11358 push_decl_scope (type);
11359 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
11360 if (TREE_CODE (member) == FUNCTION_DECL)
11361 gen_subprogram_die (member, type_die);
11362 else if (TREE_CODE (member) == FIELD_DECL)
11364 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle
11365 C++ anonymous unions and structs. */
11366 if (DECL_NAME (member) != NULL_TREE
11367 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == UNION_TYPE
11368 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == RECORD_TYPE)
11370 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member), type_die);
11371 gen_field_die (member, type_die);
11375 gen_variable_die (member, type_die);
11381 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
11382 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
11385 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl)
11387 dw_die_ref old_die;
11390 int was_abstract = DECL_ABSTRACT (decl);
11392 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
11393 decl = DECL_ORIGIN (decl);
11395 old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
11396 if (old_die && get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
11397 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
11400 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
11401 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
11402 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11404 context = decl_class_context (decl);
11406 gen_type_die_for_member
11407 (context, decl, decl_function_context (decl) ? NULL : comp_unit_die);
11410 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
11411 save_fn = current_function_decl;
11412 current_function_decl = decl;
11414 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 1);
11415 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
11416 if (! was_abstract)
11417 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 0);
11419 current_function_decl = save_fn;
11422 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
11426 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11428 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11429 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11430 dw_die_ref subr_die;
11433 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
11434 int declaration = (current_function_decl != decl
11435 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
11437 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
11438 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
11439 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
11440 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
11441 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
11443 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
11444 if (origin && declaration && class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die))
11447 gcc_assert (!old_die);
11450 if (origin != NULL)
11452 gcc_assert (!declaration || local_scope_p (context_die));
11454 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
11455 inline function. */
11456 if (old_die && old_die->die_parent == NULL)
11457 add_child_die (context_die, old_die);
11459 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
11460 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, origin);
11464 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
11465 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
11467 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration)
11468 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
11469 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
11470 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
11471 && !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
11473 /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
11474 something we have already output. */
11478 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
11479 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
11480 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
11481 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
11482 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
11483 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
11484 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
11485 if ((old_die->die_parent == comp_unit_die || context_die == NULL)
11486 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
11487 || (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) == file_index
11488 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
11489 == (unsigned) s.line))))
11491 subr_die = old_die;
11493 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
11494 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
11495 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
11496 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
11497 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
11498 remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration);
11499 remove_child_TAG (subr_die, DW_TAG_formal_parameter);
11503 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
11504 add_AT_specification (subr_die, old_die);
11505 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
11506 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
11507 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
11508 != (unsigned) s.line)
11510 (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
11515 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
11517 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
11518 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
11520 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die, decl);
11521 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11523 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
11524 add_type_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
11525 0, 0, context_die);
11528 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die, decl);
11529 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
11530 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11532 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
11533 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
11534 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
11535 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
11540 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
11542 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11544 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
11545 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
11546 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
11547 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
11549 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
11550 later reused to represent definition. */
11551 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
11554 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11556 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl))
11558 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
11559 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_inlined);
11561 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined);
11565 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
11566 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_inlined);
11568 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_not_inlined);
11571 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
11573 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
11575 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
11576 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
11578 if (!flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
11580 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
11581 current_function_funcdef_no);
11582 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label_id);
11583 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
11584 current_function_funcdef_no);
11585 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label_id);
11587 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
11588 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
11591 { /* Do nothing for now; maybe need to duplicate die, one for
11592 hot section and ond for cold section, then use the hot/cold
11593 section begin/end labels to generate the aranges... */
11595 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, hot_section_label);
11596 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, hot_section_end_label);
11597 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_lo_user, unlikely_section_label);
11598 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_hi_user, cold_section_end_label);
11600 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
11601 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
11602 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
11606 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11607 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
11608 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_fde, current_funcdef_fde);
11611 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
11612 /* We define the "frame base" as the function's CFA. This is more
11613 convenient for several reasons: (1) It's stable across the prologue
11614 and epilogue, which makes it better than just a frame pointer,
11615 (2) With dwarf3, there exists a one-byte encoding that allows us
11616 to reference the .debug_frame data by proxy, but failing that,
11617 (3) We can at least reuse the code inspection and interpretation
11618 code that determines the CFA position at various points in the
11620 /* ??? Use some command-line or configury switch to enable the use
11621 of dwarf3 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. At present there are no dwarf
11622 consumers that understand it; fall back to "pure" dwarf2 and
11623 convert the CFA data into a location list. */
11625 dw_loc_list_ref list = convert_cfa_to_loc_list ();
11626 if (list->dw_loc_next)
11627 add_AT_loc_list (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list);
11629 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list->expr);
11632 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
11633 the CFA. The former is what all stack slots and argument slots
11634 will reference in the rtl; the later is what we've told the
11635 debugger about. We'll need to adjust all frame_base references
11636 by this displacement. */
11637 compute_frame_pointer_to_cfa_displacement ();
11639 /* For targets which support DWARF2, but not DWARF2 call-frame info,
11640 we just use the stack pointer or frame pointer. */
11641 /* ??? Should investigate getting better info via callbacks, or else
11642 by interpreting the IA-64 unwind info. */
11645 = frame_pointer_needed ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx : stack_pointer_rtx;
11646 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, reg_loc_descriptor (fp_reg));
11650 if (cfun->static_chain_decl)
11651 add_AT_location_description (subr_die, DW_AT_static_link,
11652 loc_descriptor_from_tree (cfun->static_chain_decl));
11655 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
11656 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
11657 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
11658 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
11659 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
11660 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
11661 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
11662 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
11663 an ellipsis at the end. */
11665 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
11666 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
11667 its formal parameters. */
11668 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11670 else if (declaration)
11671 gen_formal_types_die (decl, subr_die);
11674 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
11675 tree arg_decls = DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl);
11678 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
11679 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
11680 for (parm = arg_decls; parm; parm = TREE_CHAIN (parm))
11681 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
11683 if (DECL_NAME (parm)
11684 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm)),
11685 "__builtin_va_alist"))
11686 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm, subr_die);
11688 gen_decl_die (parm, subr_die);
11691 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
11692 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
11693 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
11694 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
11695 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
11696 parameters at all. */
11697 fn_arg_types = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl));
11698 if (fn_arg_types != NULL)
11700 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
11701 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types)) != void_type_node)
11702 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
11704 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
11705 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
11708 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
11709 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
11710 outer_scope = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
11712 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
11713 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
11714 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
11715 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
11716 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
11717 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
11718 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
11720 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
11721 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
11722 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
11723 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
11724 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
11725 constructor function. */
11726 if (! declaration && TREE_CODE (outer_scope) != ERROR_MARK)
11728 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
11729 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl)))
11730 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl), subr_die);
11732 current_function_has_inlines = 0;
11733 decls_for_scope (outer_scope, subr_die, 0);
11735 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
11736 if (current_function_has_inlines)
11738 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
11739 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines)
11741 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
11742 comp_unit_has_inlines = 1;
11747 /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */
11748 add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
11752 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. */
11755 gen_variable_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11757 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11758 dw_die_ref var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, context_die, decl);
11760 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
11761 int declaration = (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
11762 /* If DECL is COMDAT and has not actually been
11763 emitted, we cannot take its address; there
11764 might end up being no definition anywhere in
11765 the program. For example, consider the C++
11769 struct S { static const int i = 7; };
11774 int f() { return S<int>::i; }
11776 Here, S<int>::i is not DECL_EXTERNAL, but no
11777 definition is required, so the compiler will
11778 not emit a definition. */
11779 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
11780 && DECL_COMDAT (decl) && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
11781 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
11783 if (origin != NULL)
11784 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die, origin);
11786 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
11787 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
11789 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
11790 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
11793 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges.
11795 ??? The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one
11796 variable, both of which are declarations. We want to avoid considering
11797 one to be a specification, so we must test that this DIE is not a
11799 else if (old_die && TREE_STATIC (decl) && ! declaration
11800 && get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) == 1)
11802 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
11803 add_AT_specification (var_die, old_die);
11804 if (DECL_NAME (decl))
11806 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
11807 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
11809 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
11810 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
11812 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
11813 != (unsigned) s.line)
11815 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
11820 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
11821 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (decl), TREE_READONLY (decl),
11822 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
11824 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
11825 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
11827 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
11828 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11830 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
11831 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
11832 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
11833 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
11837 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11839 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) || declaration)
11840 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
11842 if (! declaration && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11844 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl, DW_AT_location);
11845 add_pubname (decl, var_die);
11848 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl);
11851 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
11854 gen_label_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11856 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11857 dw_die_ref lbl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_label, context_die, decl);
11859 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11861 if (origin != NULL)
11862 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die, origin);
11864 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die, decl);
11866 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11867 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, lbl_die);
11870 insn = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
11872 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
11873 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
11874 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
11878 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL))))
11880 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
11881 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
11882 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
11883 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
11884 it if it ever does happen. */
11885 gcc_assert (!INSN_DELETED_P (insn));
11887 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn));
11888 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
11893 /* A helper function for gen_inlined_subroutine_die. Add source coordinate
11894 attributes to the DIE for a block STMT, to describe where the inlined
11895 function was called from. This is similar to add_src_coords_attributes. */
11898 add_call_src_coords_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
11900 expanded_location s = expand_location (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt));
11901 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
11903 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_call_file, file_index);
11904 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_call_line, s.line);
11907 /* A helper function for gen_lexical_block_die and gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
11908 Add low_pc and high_pc attributes to the DIE for a block STMT. */
11911 add_high_low_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
11913 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11915 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt))
11919 add_AT_range_list (die, DW_AT_ranges, add_ranges (stmt));
11921 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt);
11924 add_ranges (chain);
11925 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain);
11932 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
11933 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
11934 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
11935 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
11936 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
11937 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
11941 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
11944 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
11946 dw_die_ref stmt_die = new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block, context_die, stmt);
11948 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
11949 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, stmt_die);
11951 decls_for_scope (stmt, stmt_die, depth);
11954 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
11957 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
11959 tree decl = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
11961 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
11962 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
11963 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
11964 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
11965 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
11967 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
11969 dw_die_ref subr_die
11970 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine, context_die, stmt);
11972 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, decl);
11973 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
11974 add_call_src_coords_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
11976 decls_for_scope (stmt, subr_die, depth);
11977 current_function_has_inlines = 1;
11980 /* We may get here if we're the outer block of function A that was
11981 inlined into function B that was inlined into function C. When
11982 generating debugging info for C, dwarf2out_abstract_function(B)
11983 would mark all inlined blocks as abstract, including this one.
11984 So, we wouldn't (and shouldn't) expect labels to be generated
11985 for this one. Instead, just emit debugging info for
11986 declarations within the block. This is particularly important
11987 in the case of initializers of arguments passed from B to us:
11988 if they're statement expressions containing declarations, we
11989 wouldn't generate dies for their abstract variables, and then,
11990 when generating dies for the real variables, we'd die (pun
11992 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
11995 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
11998 gen_field_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
12000 dw_die_ref decl_die;
12002 if (TREE_TYPE (decl) == error_mark_node)
12005 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
12006 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
12007 add_type_attribute (decl_die, member_declared_type (decl),
12008 TREE_READONLY (decl), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl),
12011 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
12013 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
12014 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
12015 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die, decl);
12018 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl)) != UNION_TYPE)
12019 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die, decl);
12021 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
12022 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
12024 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
12025 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
12026 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
12027 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
12029 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
12030 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
12034 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
12035 Use modified_type_die instead.
12036 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
12037 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
12040 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12043 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
12045 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
12046 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
12047 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
12050 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
12051 Use modified_type_die instead.
12052 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
12053 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
12056 gen_reference_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12059 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
12061 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ref_die);
12062 add_type_attribute (ref_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
12063 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
12067 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
12070 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12073 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type,
12074 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
12076 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
12077 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
12078 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type)));
12079 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
12082 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
12085 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename)
12088 char producer[250];
12089 const char *language_string = lang_hooks.name;
12092 die = new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit, NULL, NULL);
12096 add_name_attribute (die, filename);
12097 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
12098 if (filename[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR && filename[0] != '<')
12099 add_comp_dir_attribute (die);
12102 sprintf (producer, "%s %s", language_string, version_string);
12104 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
12105 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
12106 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
12107 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
12108 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
12109 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
12110 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
12111 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12112 strcat (producer, " -g");
12115 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_producer, producer);
12117 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU C++") == 0)
12118 language = DW_LANG_C_plus_plus;
12119 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Ada") == 0)
12120 language = DW_LANG_Ada95;
12121 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F77") == 0)
12122 language = DW_LANG_Fortran77;
12123 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F95") == 0)
12124 language = DW_LANG_Fortran95;
12125 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
12126 language = DW_LANG_Pascal83;
12127 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Java") == 0)
12128 language = DW_LANG_Java;
12130 language = DW_LANG_C89;
12132 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_language, language);
12136 /* Generate a DIE for a string type. */
12139 gen_string_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12141 dw_die_ref type_die
12142 = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
12144 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
12146 /* ??? Fudge the string length attribute for now.
12147 TODO: add string length info. */
12149 string_length_attribute (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)));
12150 bound_representation (upper_bound, 0, 'u');
12154 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
12157 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo, tree access, dw_die_ref context_die)
12159 dw_die_ref die = new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance, context_die, binfo);
12161 add_type_attribute (die, BINFO_TYPE (binfo), 0, 0, context_die);
12162 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, binfo);
12164 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo))
12165 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
12167 if (access == access_public_node)
12168 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public);
12169 else if (access == access_protected_node)
12170 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
12173 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
12176 gen_member_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12179 tree binfo = TYPE_BINFO (type);
12182 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
12183 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
12184 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
12185 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
12186 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
12187 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
12188 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
12189 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
12190 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
12191 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
12192 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
12194 /* First output info about the base classes. */
12197 VEC(tree,gc) *accesses = BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo);
12201 for (i = 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo, i, base); i++)
12202 gen_inheritance_die (base,
12203 (accesses ? VEC_index (tree, accesses, i)
12204 : access_public_node), context_die);
12207 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
12208 for (member = TYPE_FIELDS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
12210 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
12211 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
12212 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
12213 do put them in the right order. */
12215 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
12217 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
12219 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
12222 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
12223 for (member = TYPE_METHODS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
12225 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
12226 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member))
12229 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
12231 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
12233 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
12237 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
12238 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
12239 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
12242 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12244 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
12245 dw_die_ref scope_die = 0;
12247 int complete = (TYPE_SIZE (type)
12248 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
12249 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))));
12250 int ns_decl = (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace);
12252 if (type_die && ! complete)
12255 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
12256 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
12257 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == NAMESPACE_DECL))
12260 scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
12262 if (! type_die || (nested && scope_die == comp_unit_die))
12263 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
12265 dw_die_ref old_die = type_die;
12267 type_die = new_die (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
12268 ? DW_TAG_structure_type : DW_TAG_union_type,
12270 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
12272 add_AT_specification (type_die, old_die);
12274 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
12277 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
12279 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
12280 then give a list of members. */
12281 if (complete && !ns_decl)
12283 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
12284 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
12285 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
12286 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
12287 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
12288 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
12290 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
12291 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
12292 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
12293 add_child_die (scope_die, type_die);
12295 push_decl_scope (type);
12296 gen_member_die (type, type_die);
12299 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
12300 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type))
12302 tree vtype = DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type));
12304 gen_type_die (vtype, context_die);
12305 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
12306 lookup_type_die (vtype));
12311 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
12313 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
12314 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
12315 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)))
12316 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, incomplete_types, type);
12320 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
12323 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12325 tree return_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12326 dw_die_ref subr_die
12327 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type,
12328 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
12330 equate_type_number_to_die (type, subr_die);
12331 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
12332 add_type_attribute (subr_die, return_type, 0, 0, context_die);
12333 gen_formal_types_die (type, subr_die);
12336 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
12339 gen_typedef_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
12341 dw_die_ref type_die;
12344 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
12347 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
12348 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_typedef, context_die, decl);
12349 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
12350 if (origin != NULL)
12351 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, origin);
12356 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die, decl);
12357 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl))
12359 type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl);
12361 gcc_assert (type != TREE_TYPE (decl));
12362 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), type_die);
12365 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
12367 add_type_attribute (type_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
12368 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
12371 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
12372 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, type_die);
12375 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
12378 gen_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12382 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
12385 if (TYPE_NAME (type) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
12386 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)))
12388 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
12391 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
12392 gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)) != type);
12394 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
12395 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), context_die);
12399 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
12400 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
12401 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
12402 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
12403 cloned type itself). */
12404 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
12405 type = type_main_variant (type);
12407 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
12410 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
12416 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
12417 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
12418 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
12419 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
12420 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
12422 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
12424 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
12425 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
12426 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
12430 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
12431 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
12432 gen_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type), context_die);
12434 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
12435 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
12437 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
12439 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die);
12442 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
12443 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
12444 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
12445 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
12449 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
12450 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
12451 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
12455 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == CHAR_TYPE)
12457 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
12458 gen_string_type_die (type, context_die);
12461 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
12465 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
12468 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
12471 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
12472 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
12473 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
12474 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
12475 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
12476 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
12477 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
12478 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
12479 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
12480 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
12482 gen_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type), context_die);
12484 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
12487 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
12488 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
12489 context_die = lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
12494 declare_in_namespace (type, context_die);
12498 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
12499 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
12501 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die);
12506 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
12507 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
12508 when appropriate. */
12517 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
12521 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
12525 gcc_unreachable ();
12528 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
12531 /* Generate a DIE for a tagged type instantiation. */
12534 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12536 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
12539 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
12540 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so make sure
12541 that we have the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this
12543 gcc_assert (type == type_main_variant (type));
12545 /* Do not check TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) as it may not be set if this is
12546 an instance of an unresolved type. */
12548 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
12553 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
12554 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
12558 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type, context_die);
12562 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
12563 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type, context_die);
12567 gcc_unreachable ();
12571 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
12572 things which are local to the given block. */
12575 gen_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
12577 int must_output_die = 0;
12580 enum tree_code origin_code;
12582 /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */
12583 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
12586 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
12587 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
12588 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
12589 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt))
12593 for (sub = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt); sub; sub = BLOCK_CHAIN (sub))
12594 gen_block_die (sub, context_die, depth + 1);
12599 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of this block. This block may be an
12600 inlined instance of an inlined instance of inline function, so we have
12601 to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what
12602 sort of node actually served as the original seed for the creation of
12603 the current block. */
12604 origin = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
12605 origin_code = (origin != NULL) ? TREE_CODE (origin) : ERROR_MARK;
12607 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
12609 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
12610 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
12611 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
12612 must_output_die = 1;
12615 /* In the case where the current block represents an inlining of the
12616 "body block" of an inline function, we must *NOT* output any DIE for
12617 this block because we have already output a DIE to represent the whole
12618 inlined function scope and the "body block" of any function doesn't
12619 really represent a different scope according to ANSI C rules. So we
12620 check here to make sure that this block does not represent a "body
12621 block inlining" before trying to set the MUST_OUTPUT_DIE flag. */
12622 if (! is_body_block (origin ? origin : stmt))
12624 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
12625 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
12626 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12627 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
12628 as being a "significant" one. */
12629 must_output_die = (BLOCK_VARS (stmt) != NULL
12630 && (TREE_USED (stmt)
12631 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)
12632 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt)));
12634 /* We are in terse mode, so only local (nested) function
12635 definitions count as "significant" local declarations. */
12636 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt);
12637 decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
12638 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
12639 && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
12641 must_output_die = 1;
12647 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
12648 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
12649 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
12650 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
12651 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
12652 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
12653 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
12654 if (must_output_die)
12656 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
12657 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
12659 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
12662 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth);
12665 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
12666 all of its sub-blocks. */
12669 decls_for_scope (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
12674 /* Ignore NULL blocks. */
12675 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
12678 if (TREE_USED (stmt))
12680 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
12681 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
12682 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
12683 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
12684 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt); decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
12688 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
12689 die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
12690 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
12691 die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
12695 if (die != NULL && die->die_parent == NULL)
12696 add_child_die (context_die, die);
12697 /* Do not produce debug information for static variables since
12698 these might be optimized out. We are called for these later
12699 in cgraph_varpool_analyze_pending_decls. */
12700 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && TREE_STATIC (decl))
12703 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
12707 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
12708 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12711 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
12712 therein) of this block. */
12713 for (subblocks = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt);
12715 subblocks = BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks))
12716 gen_block_die (subblocks, context_die, depth + 1);
12719 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
12722 is_redundant_typedef (tree decl)
12724 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
12727 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
12728 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl)
12729 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
12730 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))) == TYPE_DECL
12731 && DECL_NAME (decl) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))))
12732 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
12738 /* Returns the DIE for decl. A DIE will always be returned. */
12741 force_decl_die (tree decl)
12743 dw_die_ref decl_die;
12744 unsigned saved_external_flag;
12745 tree save_fn = NULL_TREE;
12746 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
12749 dw_die_ref context_die;
12750 tree decl_context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
12753 /* Find die that represents this context. */
12754 if (TYPE_P (decl_context))
12755 context_die = force_type_die (decl_context);
12757 context_die = force_decl_die (decl_context);
12760 context_die = comp_unit_die;
12762 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
12764 case FUNCTION_DECL:
12765 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
12766 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
12767 declaration die. */
12768 save_fn = current_function_decl;
12769 current_function_decl = NULL_TREE;
12770 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
12771 current_function_decl = save_fn;
12775 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
12776 gen_decl_die() call. */
12777 saved_external_flag = DECL_EXTERNAL (decl);
12778 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1;
12779 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
12780 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = saved_external_flag;
12783 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
12784 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
12788 gcc_unreachable ();
12791 /* We should be able to find the DIE now. */
12793 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
12794 gcc_assert (decl_die);
12800 /* Returns the DIE for TYPE. A DIE is always returned. */
12803 force_type_die (tree type)
12805 dw_die_ref type_die;
12807 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
12810 dw_die_ref context_die;
12811 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
12812 if (TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
12813 context_die = force_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
12815 context_die = force_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
12817 context_die = comp_unit_die;
12819 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
12820 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
12821 gcc_assert (type_die);
12826 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
12827 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
12830 setup_namespace_context (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
12832 tree context = (DECL_P (thing)
12833 ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing));
12834 if (context && TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
12835 /* Force out the namespace. */
12836 context_die = force_decl_die (context);
12838 return context_die;
12841 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
12842 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
12844 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
12845 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
12848 declare_in_namespace (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
12850 dw_die_ref ns_context;
12852 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12855 /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
12856 namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted
12857 when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */
12858 if (DECL_P (thing) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing))
12861 ns_context = setup_namespace_context (thing, context_die);
12863 if (ns_context != context_die)
12865 if (DECL_P (thing))
12866 gen_decl_die (thing, ns_context);
12868 gen_type_die (thing, ns_context);
12872 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
12875 gen_namespace_die (tree decl)
12877 dw_die_ref context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die);
12879 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
12880 they are an alias of. */
12881 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == NULL)
12883 /* Output a real namespace. */
12884 dw_die_ref namespace_die
12885 = new_die (DW_TAG_namespace, context_die, decl);
12886 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
12887 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
12891 /* Output a namespace alias. */
12893 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
12894 dw_die_ref origin_die
12895 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
12897 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
12898 dw_die_ref namespace_die
12899 = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, context_die, decl);
12900 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
12901 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die, DW_AT_import, origin_die);
12902 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
12906 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
12909 gen_decl_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
12913 if (DECL_P (decl) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
12916 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
12922 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
12923 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
12926 case FUNCTION_DECL:
12927 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
12928 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
12929 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) == NULL_TREE
12930 && (current_function_decl == NULL_TREE || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)))
12935 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
12936 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
12937 if (current_function_decl != decl)
12938 /* This is only a declaration. */;
12941 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
12942 if (DECL_ORIGIN (decl) != decl)
12943 dwarf2out_abstract_function (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
12945 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
12946 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
12947 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl)
12948 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
12949 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
12950 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
12951 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
12952 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
12953 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != NULL_TREE)
12955 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
12956 set_decl_origin_self (decl);
12959 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
12960 else if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12962 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
12963 have described its return type. */
12964 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), context_die);
12966 /* And its virtual context. */
12967 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl) != NULL_TREE)
12968 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl), context_die);
12970 /* And its containing type. */
12971 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
12972 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
12973 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
12975 /* And its containing namespace. */
12976 declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
12979 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
12980 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
12984 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12985 actual typedefs. */
12986 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12989 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
12990 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
12991 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
12992 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
12993 have to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
12994 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. */
12995 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl) != NULL_TREE)
12997 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
13001 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl))
13002 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
13004 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
13005 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die);
13009 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
13010 gen_label_die (decl, context_die);
13015 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
13016 variable declarations or definitions. */
13017 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13020 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
13022 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
13024 /* And its containing type. */
13025 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
13026 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
13027 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
13029 /* And its containing namespace. */
13030 declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
13032 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
13033 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
13034 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
13036 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
13037 if (origin != NULL_TREE && TREE_CODE (origin) == PARM_DECL)
13038 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
13040 gen_variable_die (decl, context_die);
13044 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
13045 anonymous unions and structs. */
13046 if (DECL_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE
13047 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == UNION_TYPE
13048 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == RECORD_TYPE)
13050 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl), context_die);
13051 gen_field_die (decl, context_die);
13056 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
13057 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
13060 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
13061 gen_namespace_die (decl);
13065 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
13066 gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl) > NUM_TREE_CODES);
13071 /* Add Ada "use" clause information for SGI Workshop debugger. */
13074 dwarf2out_add_library_unit_info (const char *filename, const char *context_list)
13076 unsigned int file_index;
13078 if (filename != NULL)
13080 dw_die_ref unit_die = new_die (DW_TAG_module, comp_unit_die, NULL);
13081 tree context_list_decl
13082 = build_decl (LABEL_DECL, get_identifier (context_list),
13085 TREE_PUBLIC (context_list_decl) = TRUE;
13086 add_name_attribute (unit_die, context_list);
13087 file_index = lookup_filename (filename);
13088 add_AT_unsigned (unit_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
13089 add_pubname (context_list_decl, unit_die);
13093 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
13094 compilation proper has finished. */
13097 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl)
13099 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
13100 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which had no
13101 corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations and
13102 definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
13103 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !DECL_INITIAL (decl))
13104 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
13107 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
13108 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
13110 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl, int local)
13113 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
13116 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl. */
13119 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl, tree context)
13121 dw_die_ref imported_die, at_import_die;
13122 dw_die_ref scope_die;
13123 unsigned file_index;
13124 expanded_location xloc;
13126 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13131 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
13132 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
13135 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
13136 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
13138 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
13139 else if (TYPE_P (context))
13140 scope_die = force_type_die (context);
13142 scope_die = force_decl_die (context);
13144 /* For TYPE_DECL or CONST_DECL, lookup TREE_TYPE. */
13145 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == CONST_DECL)
13146 at_import_die = force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
13149 at_import_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
13150 if (!at_import_die)
13152 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
13153 emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */
13154 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL)
13156 tree type = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
13157 dw_die_ref type_context_die;
13159 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
13160 if (TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
13161 type_context_die = force_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
13163 type_context_die = force_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
13165 type_context_die = comp_unit_die;
13166 gen_type_die_for_member (type, decl, type_context_die);
13168 at_import_die = force_decl_die (decl);
13172 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
13173 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
13174 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module, scope_die, context);
13176 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, scope_die, context);
13178 xloc = expand_location (input_location);
13179 file_index = lookup_filename (xloc.file);
13180 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
13181 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_line, xloc.line);
13182 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die, DW_AT_import, at_import_die);
13185 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
13188 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl)
13190 dw_die_ref context_die = comp_unit_die;
13192 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
13197 case FUNCTION_DECL:
13198 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
13199 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
13200 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
13201 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
13202 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
13203 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
13204 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
13205 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
13206 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
13207 with the definition of the function.
13209 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
13210 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
13211 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
13212 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
13213 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
13214 translation unit (and thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
13215 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
13216 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
13217 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
13218 that they *are* definitions).
13220 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
13221 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
13222 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
13223 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
13224 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
13225 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
13228 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
13229 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
13230 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
13231 if (decl_function_context (decl)
13232 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
13233 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13234 context_die = NULL;
13238 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
13239 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
13240 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
13241 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
13242 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
13243 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
13244 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
13245 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
13246 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && !TREE_USED (decl))
13249 /* For local statics lookup proper context die. */
13250 if (TREE_STATIC (decl) && decl_function_context (decl))
13251 context_die = lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
13253 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
13254 variable declarations or definitions. */
13255 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13259 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
13260 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13262 if (lookup_decl_die (decl) != NULL)
13267 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
13268 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl))
13271 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
13272 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
13273 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl))
13275 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
13276 comparisons have. */
13277 if ((get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language)
13278 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus)
13279 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
13280 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
13281 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), 0, 0, NULL);
13286 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
13287 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13290 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
13291 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
13292 if (decl_function_context (decl))
13293 context_die = NULL;
13301 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
13304 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
13305 a lexical block. */
13308 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
13309 unsigned int blocknum)
13311 current_function_section (current_function_decl);
13312 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, blocknum);
13315 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
13319 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int blocknum)
13321 current_function_section (current_function_decl);
13322 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_END_LABEL, blocknum);
13325 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
13326 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
13328 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
13329 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
13330 we may end up calling them anyway. */
13333 dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree block)
13337 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (block); decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
13338 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
13339 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
13345 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
13346 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
13347 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
13348 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
13349 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
13350 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
13351 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
13352 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
13353 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
13357 lookup_filename (const char *file_name)
13360 char *save_file_name;
13362 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
13363 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
13364 if (file_table_last_lookup_index != 0)
13367 = VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, file_table_last_lookup_index);
13368 if (strcmp (file_name, last) == 0)
13369 return file_table_last_lookup_index;
13372 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table. */
13373 n = VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table);
13374 for (i = 1; i < n; i++)
13375 if (strcmp (file_name, VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i)) == 0)
13377 file_table_last_lookup_index = i;
13381 /* Add the new entry to the end of the filename table. */
13382 file_table_last_lookup_index = n;
13383 save_file_name = (char *) ggc_strdup (file_name);
13384 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table, save_file_name);
13385 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted, 0);
13387 /* If the assembler is emitting the file table, and we aren't eliminating
13388 unused debug types, then we must emit .file here. If we are eliminating
13389 unused debug types, then this will be done by the maybe_emit_file call in
13390 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs. */
13392 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO && ! flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
13393 return maybe_emit_file (i);
13398 /* If the assembler will construct the file table, then translate the compiler
13399 internal file table number into the assembler file table number, and emit
13400 a .file directive if we haven't already emitted one yet. The file table
13401 numbers are different because we prune debug info for unused variables and
13402 types, which may include filenames. */
13405 maybe_emit_file (int fileno)
13407 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO && fileno > 0)
13409 if (!VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno))
13411 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno) = ++emitcount;
13412 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.file %u ",
13413 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno));
13414 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file,
13415 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, fileno));
13416 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
13418 return VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno);
13424 /* Initialize the compiler internal file table. */
13427 init_file_table (void)
13429 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the file_table. */
13430 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR_INIT (file_table, 64, "file_table");
13431 VARRAY_UINT_INIT (file_table_emitted, 64, "file_table_emitted");
13433 /* Skip the first entry - file numbers begin at 1. */
13434 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table, NULL);
13435 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted, 0);
13436 file_table_last_lookup_index = 0;
13439 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
13440 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
13441 our lookup table. */
13444 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note)
13446 char loclabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
13447 struct var_loc_node *newloc;
13449 static rtx last_insn;
13450 static const char *last_label;
13453 if (!DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note)))
13455 prev_insn = PREV_INSN (loc_note);
13457 newloc = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct var_loc_node));
13458 /* If the insn we processed last time is the previous insn
13459 and it is also a var location note, use the label we emitted
13461 if (last_insn != NULL_RTX
13462 && last_insn == prev_insn
13463 && NOTE_P (prev_insn)
13464 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (prev_insn) == NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION)
13466 newloc->label = last_label;
13470 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel, "LVL", loclabel_num);
13471 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LVL", loclabel_num);
13473 newloc->label = ggc_strdup (loclabel);
13475 newloc->var_loc_note = loc_note;
13476 newloc->next = NULL;
13479 && (last_text_section == in_unlikely_executed_text
13480 || (last_text_section == in_named
13481 && last_text_section_name == cfun->unlikely_text_section_name)))
13482 newloc->section_label = cfun->cold_section_label;
13484 newloc->section_label = text_section_label;
13486 last_insn = loc_note;
13487 last_label = newloc->label;
13488 decl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note);
13489 if (DECL_DEBUG_EXPR_IS_FROM (decl) && DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl)
13490 && DECL_P (DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl)))
13491 decl = DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl);
13492 add_var_loc_to_decl (decl, newloc);
13495 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
13496 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
13497 declarations that use the locations won't have been outputted when
13498 that hook is called. */
13501 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13503 htab_empty (decl_loc_table);
13506 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
13507 and record information relating to this source line, in
13508 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
13511 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line, const char *filename)
13513 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
13516 current_function_section (current_function_decl);
13518 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
13519 if (flag_debug_asm)
13520 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START,
13523 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
13525 unsigned file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
13527 file_num = maybe_emit_file (file_num);
13529 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
13530 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.loc %d %d 0\n", file_num, line);
13532 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
13533 line_info_table_in_use++;
13535 /* Indicate that multiple line number tables exist. */
13536 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
13537 separate_line_info_table_in_use++;
13539 else if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
13541 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info;
13542 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
13543 separate_line_info_table_in_use);
13545 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
13546 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
13547 == separate_line_info_table_allocated)
13549 separate_line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
13550 separate_line_info_table
13551 = ggc_realloc (separate_line_info_table,
13552 separate_line_info_table_allocated
13553 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry));
13554 memset (separate_line_info_table
13555 + separate_line_info_table_in_use,
13557 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
13558 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry)));
13561 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
13563 = &separate_line_info_table[separate_line_info_table_in_use++];
13564 line_info->dw_file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
13565 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
13566 line_info->function = current_function_funcdef_no;
13570 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
13572 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, LINE_CODE_LABEL,
13573 line_info_table_in_use);
13575 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
13576 if (line_info_table_in_use == line_info_table_allocated)
13578 line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
13580 = ggc_realloc (line_info_table,
13581 (line_info_table_allocated
13582 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry)));
13583 memset (line_info_table + line_info_table_in_use, 0,
13584 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
13587 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
13588 line_info = &line_info_table[line_info_table_in_use++];
13589 line_info->dw_file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
13590 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
13595 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
13598 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno, const char *filename)
13600 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
13602 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
13603 dw_die_ref bincl_die;
13605 bincl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
13606 add_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name, filename);
13609 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13613 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13614 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file, "Start new file");
13615 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "Included from line number %d",
13618 fileno = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
13619 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (fileno, "Filename we just started");
13623 /* Record the end of a source file. */
13626 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13628 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
13629 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
13630 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
13632 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13634 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13635 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
13639 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
13640 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
13641 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
13644 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
13645 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13647 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13649 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13650 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define, "Define macro");
13651 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
13652 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
13656 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
13657 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
13658 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
13661 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
13662 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13664 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13666 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13667 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef, "Undefine macro");
13668 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
13669 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
13673 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
13676 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13678 init_file_table ();
13680 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
13681 decl_die_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash,
13682 decl_die_table_eq, NULL);
13684 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
13685 decl_loc_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash,
13686 decl_loc_table_eq, NULL);
13688 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
13689 decl_scope_table = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 256);
13691 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
13692 abbrev_die_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
13693 * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
13694 abbrev_die_table_allocated = ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
13695 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
13696 abbrev_die_table_in_use = 1;
13698 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
13699 line_info_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
13700 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
13701 line_info_table_allocated = LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
13703 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
13704 line_info_table_in_use = 1;
13706 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
13707 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
13708 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
13709 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
13710 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
13711 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
13712 comp_unit_die = gen_compile_unit_die (NULL);
13714 incomplete_types = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 64);
13716 used_rtx_array = VEC_alloc (rtx, gc, 32);
13718 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
13719 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label,
13720 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13721 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13722 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_text_section_label,
13723 COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13724 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_end_label, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
13726 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label,
13727 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13728 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label,
13729 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13730 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label,
13731 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13732 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13733 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, abbrev_section_label);
13734 named_section_flags (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13735 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_info_section_label);
13736 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13737 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_line_section_label);
13739 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13741 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13742 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label,
13743 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13744 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, macinfo_section_label);
13748 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, text_section_label);
13749 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
13751 unlikely_text_section ();
13752 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, cold_text_section_label);
13756 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
13757 ht_forall. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
13760 output_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13762 struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
13764 if (node->form == DW_FORM_strp)
13766 named_section_flags (DEBUG_STR_SECTION, DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS);
13767 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, node->label);
13768 assemble_string (node->str, strlen (node->str) + 1);
13776 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
13777 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
13780 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
13784 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
13785 prune_unmark_dies (c);
13789 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
13790 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
13793 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die)
13797 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
13799 if (a->dw_attr_val.val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref)
13801 /* A reference to another DIE.
13802 Make sure that it will get emitted. */
13803 prune_unused_types_mark (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die, 1);
13805 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_call_file)
13807 /* A reference to a file. Make sure the file name is emitted. */
13808 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned =
13809 maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
13815 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
13816 to DIE's children. */
13819 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die, int dokids)
13823 if (die->die_mark == 0)
13825 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
13828 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
13829 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
13830 if (die->die_parent)
13831 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_parent, 0);
13833 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
13834 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
13836 /* If this node is a specification,
13837 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
13838 if (get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration) && die->die_definition)
13839 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_definition, 1);
13842 if (dokids && die->die_mark != 2)
13844 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
13845 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
13849 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
13851 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
13852 kids get marked, even if they're types. */
13853 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_array_type)
13854 prune_unused_types_mark (c, 1);
13856 prune_unused_types_walk (c);
13862 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
13865 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die)
13869 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked. */
13873 switch (die->die_tag) {
13874 case DW_TAG_const_type:
13875 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
13876 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
13877 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
13878 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
13879 case DW_TAG_typedef:
13880 case DW_TAG_array_type:
13881 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
13882 case DW_TAG_union_type:
13883 case DW_TAG_class_type:
13884 case DW_TAG_friend:
13885 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
13886 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
13887 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
13888 case DW_TAG_string_type:
13889 case DW_TAG_set_type:
13890 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
13891 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
13892 case DW_TAG_file_type:
13893 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
13897 /* Mark everything else. */
13903 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
13904 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
13906 /* Mark children. */
13907 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
13908 prune_unused_types_walk (c);
13912 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
13915 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die)
13917 dw_die_ref c, p, n;
13919 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
13922 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = n)
13927 prune_unused_types_prune (c);
13935 die->die_child = n;
13942 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
13945 prune_unused_types (void)
13948 limbo_die_node *node;
13950 /* Clear all the marks. */
13951 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die);
13952 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
13953 prune_unmark_dies (node->die);
13955 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
13956 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die);
13957 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
13958 prune_unused_types_walk (node->die);
13960 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
13961 pubname_table or arange_table. */
13962 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
13963 prune_unused_types_mark (pubname_table[i].die, 1);
13964 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
13965 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table[i], 1);
13967 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked. */
13968 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die);
13969 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
13970 prune_unused_types_prune (node->die);
13972 /* Leave the marks clear. */
13973 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die);
13974 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
13975 prune_unmark_dies (node->die);
13978 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
13979 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
13982 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename)
13984 limbo_die_node *node, *next_node;
13985 dw_die_ref die = 0;
13987 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
13988 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
13989 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die, filename);
13990 if (filename[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR)
13991 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
13992 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_comp_dir) == NULL)
13995 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
13996 if (VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i)[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
13997 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
13998 && VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i)[0] != '<')
14000 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
14005 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
14006 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
14007 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
14008 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
14010 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = next_node)
14012 next_node = node->next;
14015 if (die->die_parent == NULL)
14017 dw_die_ref origin = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin);
14020 add_child_die (origin->die_parent, die);
14021 else if (die == comp_unit_die)
14023 else if (errorcount > 0 || sorrycount > 0)
14024 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
14025 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
14028 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
14029 nested function can be optimized away, which results
14030 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
14031 with the return type of that nested function. Force
14032 this to be a child of the containing function.
14034 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
14035 inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and
14036 assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as
14037 the function is likely unreachable too. */
14038 tree context = NULL_TREE;
14040 gcc_assert (node->created_for);
14042 if (DECL_P (node->created_for))
14043 context = DECL_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
14044 else if (TYPE_P (node->created_for))
14045 context = TYPE_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
14047 gcc_assert (context && TREE_CODE (context) == FUNCTION_DECL);
14049 origin = lookup_decl_die (context);
14051 add_child_die (origin, die);
14053 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
14058 limbo_die_list = NULL;
14060 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
14061 emit full debugging info for them. */
14062 retry_incomplete_types ();
14064 /* We need to reverse all the dies before break_out_includes, or
14065 we'll see the end of an include file before the beginning. */
14066 reverse_all_dies (comp_unit_die);
14068 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
14069 prune_unused_types ();
14071 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
14072 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
14073 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
14074 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die);
14076 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
14077 that have children. */
14078 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die);
14079 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14080 add_sibling_attributes (node->die);
14082 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
14084 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
14085 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
14087 unlikely_text_section ();
14088 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
14091 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
14092 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
14093 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
14094 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
14095 examining the file. */
14096 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
14098 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
14099 output_line_info ();
14102 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
14103 if (have_location_lists)
14105 /* Output the location lists info. */
14106 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
14107 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label,
14108 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
14109 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, loc_section_label);
14110 output_location_lists (die);
14111 have_location_lists = 0;
14114 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
14116 if (!separate_line_info_table_in_use && !have_switched_text_section)
14118 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, text_section_label);
14119 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_high_pc, text_end_label);
14122 /* If it wasn't, we need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
14123 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become absolute. */
14124 else if (have_location_lists || ranges_table_in_use)
14125 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_entry_pc, const0_rtx);
14127 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
14128 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
14129 debug_line_section_label);
14131 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
14132 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_macro_info, macinfo_section_label);
14134 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
14135 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
14136 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14137 output_comp_unit (node->die, 0);
14139 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die, 0);
14141 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
14142 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
14143 output_abbrev_section ();
14145 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
14146 if (pubname_table_in_use)
14148 named_section_flags (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
14149 output_pubnames ();
14152 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
14153 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
14154 if (fde_table_in_use)
14156 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
14160 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
14161 if (ranges_table_in_use)
14163 named_section_flags (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
14164 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, ranges_section_label);
14168 /* Have to end the macro section. */
14169 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
14171 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
14172 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
14175 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
14177 if (debug_str_hash)
14178 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, output_indirect_string, NULL);
14182 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
14183 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks;
14185 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
14187 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"